Ceres ee taba teagan aoe er oanern ow 2S ~ een ao te need edaw enone e = ee ard SLSR ee ass: S eiaean a havens eee Y as \ CeNOe EE DEN GS OF THE oe CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES THIRD SERIES Ti BBC @S) (SP WG Worrall 1897-1899 SAN FRANCISCO 1900 ZONIAN INST IAS Za “ZN S a COMMITTEE OF PUBLICATION CHARLES H. GILBERT, Chairman, WitiiAm E. RITTER, G. P. RIXFORD. EDITORS OF ZOOLOGICAL PUBLICATIONS Davip S. JORDAN, CHARLES H. GILBERT, WILLIAM E. RITTER. CONTENTS OF VOLUME I. IEEE PEERS. ora dao kd Men ea SE bOPObipobsanG aadaubouE onpocegods Semon lap Committectotebublicationfeess cee ccs ack ree eee CEE Cen ciaee (COTES S con HOO Seo tO Oa CMO ee Ae abn otots ocain cilia pcre aie aaes a ili TEE OE WEIS ys Sine Gea U erarn Ohare IGEN Gene orats Ceca Cat pie tain np i Dates of Publication of Separate Articles.......................++..- i Ip gVeleo cole RRO ORITU Cie eT Ce ERROR TCDS RE crer Aimer NIH By aE ea cab Ferrite aoe feverciayetcrweisvcicdeinterens\« PR SE RULrHS Cran oa Sion d oon Gc oe eRe aa BANCROFT, FRANK WatTtTs.—The Anatomy of Chelyosoma productum Syataryorsoyal, | (IN@, Sh, JHB DOWMIU) Se Cand gocesocsouad pcondedodd Banks, NATHAN.—Arachnida from Baja California and Other Parts of Mexiconen NOM 7p blatesmxcl ll —XeVAII)) pene aie aie CALVERT, PuiLtip P.—Odonata from Tepic, Mexico, with Supplemen- tary Notes on those of Baja California. (No. 12, Plate XXV)... EISEN, Gustav.—Plasmocytes; The Survival of the Centrosomes and Archoplasm of the Nucleated Erythrocytes, as Free and Inde- pendent Elements in the Blood of Batrachoseps attenuatus Scheu (Nowa Plates il wl) ire aa sien a en Pic pce Jounson, HErsert P.—A Preliminary Account of the Marine Annelids of the Pacific Coast, with Descriptions of New Species. (No. 5, DEV EERWEESY AVEDA a RN RI er te aR Rata Jorpan, Davip Starr.—Description of a Species of Fish (Mitsukurina owstoni) from Japan, the Type of a Distinct Family of Lam- roel Sjrevdks, (INOS G, JAEWES DIG MIND) Scc6 boo0 ponbon cacdscouda MILLER, WALTER.—Scientific Names of Latin and Greek Derivation (NO Bide asbeupaceo Beane ORendealo Rodeo bEba a sos doce comdsbmbn Montcomery, THomas H.—The Gordiacea of Certain American Col- lections, with Particular Reference to the North American Watney (IN@sieh EWES 240.6 2.0.9);, 55060 coscocseadasosounuee Ritrer, WILLIAM E.—Diemyctylus’ torosus Esch. The Life-History and Habits of the Pacific Coast Newt. (No. 2, Plate III)...... STarKs, Epwin CHAPIN.—The Osteological Characters of the Genus Sebastolobus. (No. 11, Plates XXII-XXIV)................ Torrey, Harry BEAL.—Observations on Monogenesis in Metridium. (UNG) 1G, Pies ROMW)eb sadcoscasccosansguedooonccoqennesedode WHEELER, WILLIAM Morton.—A Genus of Maritime Dolichopodide New to America. (No. 4, Plate IV)............. 22.22 eeeeee 419 426 309 205 153 199 115 LIST OF PLATES: I-II.—Plasmocytes: elements in the blood of Batrachoseps attenu- atus Esch. III.—Illustrating life-history of Diemyctylus torosus Esch. I1V.—Illustrations of Aphrosylus. V-X.—Illustrations of Pacific Coast Marine Annelids. XI-XI1.—Mittsukurina owstoni, gen. et sp. nov. XIII-XVII.—Illustrations of Arachnida from Baja California. XVIII.—Illustrations of anatomy of Chelyosoma productum Stimpson. XIX-XX.—Illustrations of North American Gordiacea. XXI.—Illustrations of Metridium fimbriatum Verrill. XXII-XXIV.—Osteological characters of Sebastolobus. XXV.—Illustrations of Odonata from Tepic, Mexico. DATES OF PUBLICATION OF SEPARATE ARTICLES. No. 1, April 1, 1897; No. 5, Dec. 11, 1897; No. 9, Oct. 12, 1898; No: 2, Jan. 18, 1897; No. 6, Jan. 18, 1898; No. 10, Oct. 25, 1898; No. 3, April 10, 1897; No. 7, May 28, 1898; No. 11, Dec. 22, 1898; No. 4, July 10, 1897; No. 8, Oct. 5, 1898; No. 12, May 22, 1899. Page 11, 4th line from bottom, for ‘‘on’ ce 6é ce ERRATA. ? read ‘‘in.”’ 17, 8th line from bottom, for ‘‘juxtaposition’’ read “* contradistinction.’’ 30, 10th line, for ‘‘ through’ read ‘‘ from.”’ 39, 2nd line from bottom, for ‘‘0.6”’ read ‘0.6 per cent.” 41, 7th line from bottom, for ‘‘ protozoa’”’ read ‘‘ pro- tozoan.”’ t 53, 24th line, for ‘‘ converts ’’ read ‘‘ covers.”’ 55, 14th line from bottom, for ‘‘ Heneguy’’ read «« Henneguy.”’ 56, Est line, after “la Valette?? \insert ““ ‘St. George.” 56, 19th line, after ‘‘ used’ insert an.”’ 63, for ‘‘mm.’’ after measurements read ‘‘ pw. 65, 10th line from bottom, for ‘‘ Vallette’’ read 66 Wailleinie. 7 > be) PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES THIRD SERIES. ZooLoey. Vo.. I, No. 1. revs MOG YORES; THE SURVIVAL OF THE CENTROSOMES AND ARCHOPLASM OF THE NUCLEATED ERYTHROCYTES, AS FREE AND INDEPENDENT ELEMENTS IN THE BLOOD OF BATRACHOSEPS ATTENUATUS ESCH. BY GusTAv Eisen, Pu. D., Curator in the California Academy of Sctences. WITH TWO PLATES. Issued April 1, 1897. SAN FRANCISCO: PUBLISHED BY THE ACADEMY. 1897. The cost of publication of the present paper has been generously contributed by two members of the Academy of Sciences, the late J. Z. Davis, Director of the Museum of the Academy, and W. S. Keyes, one of the Trustees of the Academy. IP IDES) MEO NCAP ID Sg THE SURVIVAL OF THE CENTROSOMES AND ARCHOPLASM OF THE NUCLE- ATED ERYTHROCYTES, AS FREE AND INDEPENDENT ELEMENTS IN THE BLOOD OF BATRACHOSEPS ATTENUATUS ESCH. BY GUSTAV EISEN, PH. D., Curator in the California Academy of Sciences. CONTENTS. PrLates I AND II. IESAIN NOGARO econ He ARORA BEE OBEOGA AAG cuba acoo boomacccanad ie MErHODSHORVINVESRIGATION 7 eeeeernereccinieeceren stad (COTA AAA DOC ORCC ROH Oo GCA On OD oo OnE ECO ETE UST TIATINIIN Gye tya) fv ereiistetevcaietascns/aiies cisco val suela tere heeeVabas cpr ee els tote veusieelete otelele TROTTED Ba SOO ESAS ES AEE OAD iro S Oae GOGO BARONS EES LOSULATLELIS/ INOLUEMNO Le Eh RE eee EEE ee TKOU-EIMALOARY ILE was eeu leche eee CEO ORO SESE E-RULICh = LONGING OLLEKE SLLUILS Adee ee eeseio nee INA WuRHTE BUOODWEERMENTSs:.\«,-\s (s/s -)-cicis liek cone cleieoclee endeeans GEneVQIER CIM ALRSR Meni asin oc ee Oe oom UNOU-WUGLEALED MAT LMLOCY LESAN Ee ee INUGICOILEO MENA) LLGOG LES eee EI een ace ae RCRUSU OVI COLDUSCLES- MEN ae eee Leucocytes with Polymorphous Nucleus ..... 1000-0 eee eee Smaller Mononucleary LeucocyteS ..... 0... 2c ee veces Leucocytes with Eosinophile Granulation.............0++0+: Leucocytes of Various Kinds in Dissolution ........+.++++++ TASTOCYLES Ia: Metiet eee en ola PENS SO HEN AERA Ge eee Ve SHES MUSIFORMaMERMENTS ++i.) selaeicnacitledsisisieralie tele) sucielere Wei EE ETEASNIOCVTOBIEASTS sie ait siets aici crevevetetoteteretor tee telotere sete eistoneiclcieasye WAILIG: | CAO RYOI. Il aah Ga coon URE REC RIG MCR NG cis cade fc ea nae rcp eRe es LYE JADS TERS NITE GSE 6000 DRO BOO BAO RHO. OHOs CODSIOO BHU BOSE LEBMOTNOM Edd cadnonoean SoC dS Dado Colod se Neeo Rae mood LUG (CAUIIGAUTR “Saba doaose 0006 0obA ob 0b node ubeoddadonodG WAIL, AUCs ROMs, Heda deebeoosdsbad edgocodd ane cdo sqcpuobaoheosT IY CAPM OGM GSO bb Cob bed BOdbAOoobO UB dO) chee boBe dbagodon SOMMOSHAAAG CH (CAATANOTED shen oono sods esecjdeosne ooudas IX. DIFFERENT KINDS OF PROTOPLASM........-----2002eeeeee eee X. DEVELOPMENT OF THE PLASMOCYTOBLAST INTO PLASMOCYTES. + 10) 2 Se 1Presented for publication May 27, aca March 31, 1897- 3] 4 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. [2D SER., PAGE Homology of the Plasmocytes and Plasmocytoblasts .......... 30 LD TATOR ILS Of SUES TOG UD 3 55000 0000000090000 5550000006 31 WU? SYD Of U2? UU OWES os05 base nde00d Janded0 soaoo50s 32 Food Supply in the SOmOSphEr Ee. 00.0 ccc ce cece cee cee eee 35 Unequal Staining of the Archosomal Spheres ...... 2... 2+++++ 36 ABST NG? Of (CB MHATUTAULE os0000 oon bas nang asdossacno oeneen 37 LAO SENCELOF NUCLEUS =e POE eee Ee Eee 37 DE RARE RHMOO Of HE? TUS OBES 5056 onb008600005050 soba5b0C 38 LAO PTO IARI TIVES oy 500 69006 6900 20000060 Dodo ObOnSe0000 38 AGHIOS, MI ODETIGIES 2 06000050000 640940560050 00596509002000 39 CHO GRE IALUGOBMOSI9s 66.0000605505500050 4050055000 S55000 41 Duplicity of the Plasmocytoblasts ......... 02.200 ce cnee cee eee 42 The Ultimate Fate of the Plasmocyté....... 00.0 0c.e cee ween 43 Adhesive Nature of the Cytoplasmt.... 0.00. cece eee cee eee 44 XII. THE INDEPENDENCE OF THE ARCHOSOME........... -..22+ 0 45 NFO PIRTGD Of WE SHG OSe 0206000 0000 450000505000 0000 45n0 51 ASIMOGY LENORE CUCOGI LER AEE EEE Ee ee eer eee 57 PROUDD eS UMNARIV. 205 -sc:7.pevarel sol ecieyal cts NoPE clos teteterc erie dre TTA CE Ree 58 MEASUREMENTS OF CORPUSCLES.......... 0-200 cee eee cece eres 63 IBIBLIOGRAPHY isp ny: ans eines mete ete ae eietctio ein esi Cie Sie een eee 64 EXPLANATION OF THE FIGURES.......-.......----22-- eee cere 66 SrONING Hana abeace Mecemad) clo dad cddane.cHobed BeoasowocsodEoN Toe 72 I. IntTRopucTORY. THE elements, or corpuscles, of the blood of Batrachoseps attenuatus are highly interesting, differing as they do in several important points from the corresponding elements of the blood of all other batrachians of which I have any knowledge. Satrachoseps attenuatus is one of the most common species of the order in this part of California, and material for study may be had at any time of the year and almost anywhere. Not only do the red cells of the blood vary enormously in size and shape, but they differ also from the blood of other batrachians in the fact that very few of them are nucleated. Butthe most interesting feature of the blood is the presence of a new corpuscle, which I have termed plasmocyte. In this paper I expect to prove that these plasmocytes are the remnants of the extra-nuclear part of fusiform corpuscles; that they consist of the archosome—archoplasm and centrosomes—which has sur- vived, while the nucleus has been destroyed; that this archosome has surrounded itself with various envelopes ZOOoL.—VOL. I.] EISEN—PLASMOCYTES. 5 of cytoplasm; and that the plasmocytes have thus become free and independent elements of the blood. So far I have only demonstrated the presence of the plasmocytes in Batrachoseps, Phrynosoma, Diemyctylus, and human blood, and it is not improbable that with proper methods they will be found in the blood of other animals. This paper will, however, treat only of the blood of Batrachoseps; but I may be permitted to state that, as regards the human blood, the plasmocytes are so small that without first hav- ing studied the larger ones in the Batrachoseps blood I could never have recognized their structure. In the human blood they have been confounded with blood plates, the structure having been obscured by improper methods of investigation. Some may, after a perusal of my plates, insist that the blood of Batrachoseps is so called pathological blood, on account of the abnormal form, variation in size, absence of nuclei, etc.; but I will here hasten to state that this is not the case. Batrachoseps possesses the same form of blood whether young or old, whether examined in the spring, in fall, or in winter. In fact, the blood described here is absolutely normal. Il. Metruops oF INVESTIGATION. General Remarks.—The delicate plasmocytes can only be studied on cover glass preparations, and even for the other corpuscles this method of investigation was found the most exact and satisfactory. Observation on moist stage and in 0.6 salt solution was also found useful and instructive. The methods generally used for preparing cover glasses with blood of higher animals are useless for batrachian blood. The large corpuscles would roll up and twist, and become so distorted that no minute details could be made out. I have obtained the best results as follows: the covers must be ab- solutely chemically clean and polished. For spreading the blood I use a pair of small forceps with curved prongs of ex- actly the same size and shape. The animal is etherized Proc. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 3D SER., ZOOL., VOL. I. October 20, 1896. 6 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. [3D SER., and the head is clipped off just above the heart. Blood is then caught by the curved points of the forceps, which must be closed. The prongs are then quickly passed over the cover glass, always in the same direction and never twice over the same place, as the blood cells would then be disturbed. A zigzag movement over the glass is best when it is desirable to cover the whole surface. The forceps must not be lifted at the margin, but simply be pushed back; the quicker this is done the better the blood will be spread. The blood coagulates with great rapidity, and even if the blood supply would hold out itis hardly possible to procure more than two or three good cover glass preparations from the same animal. With some practice it is not difficult to so spread the blood that the film is only one corpuscle thick, and so that the individual corpuscles are not distorted. Great haste is necessary as a second’s delay may result in failure. Furthermore, the corpuscles should be so far apart that the small plasmocytes are entirely free, as, if massed together, they cannot be properly studied. The cover glasses are then at once placed with the film downwards on clean, dusted, blotting paper, and covered with a bell glass. This is absolutely necessary, as even under well closed bells some dust will penetrate and settle on the upper side of the glass. Afterwards these foreign substances may be mistaken for centrosomes, experience having shown me that through some cause or other these specks of dust frequently settle in just those places where a centrosome is to be expected. After twelve hours or more of air drying, the cover glass is dropped into a shallow dish containing absolute alcohol, and allowed to remain two hours or longer. It may then be taken out and dried between blotting papers, after which it is ready for staining. Two points are important to observe: the blotting paper must be smooth and not corrugated; and after the glass has finally become dry it must be brushed off with a fine, clean, soft brush, in order to remove all the dust, which settles with astonishing rapidity, even in a few seconds. ZOOL.—VOL. I.] EISEN—PLASMOCYTES. hi Ill. STArninec. Ihave tried a great variety of stains and found only a very few of them useful, while some, like haematoxylin, proved even injurious. I will mention the stains in order of useful- ness as regards bringing out the details of the plasmocytes. Toluidine.—Watery solution, not quite concentrated. I found this the most useful stain, since it differentiated the various spheres and zones of the plasmocyte with great pre- cision, and without fail. The glass was made to swim in the solution for about three minutes, then washed off with distilled water and dried between pieces of blotting paper. It was then brushed off with a camel’s hair brush, and mounted in gum-thus-xylol. The toluidine stains the grano- sphere violet, the other spheres blue, excepting the hyalo- sphere which remains unstained. The centrosomes stand out generally quite black. I tried a number of brands of thionin, but none gave satisfactory results as compared with the toluidine. Eosin-Methyl Blue ‘‘O.’’—Watery solution of eosin three minutes, washing with water until the stain has receded from the blood serum, leaving only the cells stained. Then watery methy] blue ‘‘O”’ for about ten seconds, washing with water, and mounting as before. This method gave now and then very excellent results, as the eosin has a special affinity for the centrosphere and the hyalosphere, while it leaves the granosphere unstained, the latter being stained by the blue (fig. 49). But this method was never sure, and fre- quently quite unreliable, though when it succeeded it gave results not obtainable in any other way. The eosin demon- strated that the centrosphere is entirely distinct from the granosphere on one side, and from the somosphere on the other. I found methyl blue ‘‘O”’ more satisfactory than any other brand or variety of this stain. It stains quicker and more intensely. Tron-Hematoxylin.—Another staining method which Ihave found of interest and value is the iron-alum-hematoxylin stain as perfected by M. Heidenhain. The method is the same 8 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. [3D SER., as the one used with sections; the cover glasses are first floated in one liquid, then in the other, and finally washed and mounted in the usual way. By this method the centro- somes in the plasmocytes will stain, but the cytoplasmic sphere will remain unstained. Valuable only as showing the centrosomes. Ehrlich-Biondi and Others.—Usetul for all elements ex- cept for plasmocytes. The latter are diffusely stained, and the respective spheres are seldom differentiated. The effect is to some degree the reverse of toluidine. The hyalosphere is never left clear andis seldom differentiated from the plasmosphere; the granosphere is frequently left lighter than the centrosphere; the other blood elements are, however, exquisitely stained. In order to attain the best results the mixture should be acidified with oxalic acid and water, and even the cover glass should finally be washed off with a weak solution of the same. In this way the centrosomal spheres in the leucocytes are brought out strongly and chromatically. Among other stains I found metanil yellow useful in staining the plasmocytoblast while yet in the erythrocyte. It will now and then, not always, bring out the outlines sharply, but will only give a few details. ‘The method is to first stain for several minutes with an aqueous solution of metanil yellow, wash with water, and double stain with thionin. A second staining with metanil is sometimes nec- essary. By this method I have demonstrated the existence of the plasmocytoblast, as well as the two outer layers of cytoplasm, in perfect, nucleated erythrocytes. IV. Tue Buioop ELEMENTS. General Remarks.—The respective elements in the blood of Batrachoseps are in short as follows: Nucleated erythro- cytes, non-nucleated erythrocytes, polymorphous leucocytes, lymphocytes with solid round nucleus, fusiform corpuscles, degenerating leucocytes, and finally plasmocytes; the latter now described for the first time. Of the leucocytes there ZOOL.—VOL. I.] EISEN—PLASMOCYTES. 9 are various kinds, the ordinary ones, eosinophile cells, and other strongly granulated cells which do not stain with any of the stains I have so far tried. While it is the fusiform elements and the plasmocytes which will principally occupy our attention, a short description of all the elements is nec- essary. The measurements given later have been calcu- lated by Mr. George Otis Mitchell, whose careful meas- urements of the human blood cells are well known and accepted as standard. LVon-nucleated Erythrocytes.—These constitute by far the great majority of the red blood cells. The proportion be- tween the non-nucleated and the nucleated red blood cells is probably as 99 to I at any time, though I have not made a sufficient number of countings to fully ascertain the fact. In some Batrachoseps, especially early in the spring of the year, the nucleated red cells are so scarce that on a well spread cover glass I have found but a single cor- puscle. At other times they are much more numerous, so that in a field viewed under Zeiss 4 4 we may count from 100 to 200 nucleated red blood cells, all the others being non-nucleated. A striking characteristic of all the red blood cells, nucleated and non-nucleated, is their great variation in size. Some are smaller than the human red blood cell, while others surpass it with a diameter seven times as great in every direction; and this variation in size is not confined alone to the non-nucleated red blood cells, but also to the nucleated ones. The smallest nucleated cells besides the nucleus consist of only a very narrow rim of cytoplasm and hemoglobin. In the non-nucleated red blood cells I have never observed any structure that I could at all iden- tify as cytoplasm and centrosomes. Figs. r, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 represent various non-nucleated cells. There are also numerous cells of the same size and shape as those represented in figs. 7 to 11. The form of the red cells varies considerably, hardly any two being exactly alike; some are round, others oval, while many are oblong and biconcave (fig. 5). Nucleated Erythrocytes.—To the description already given Io CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. [3D SER., I can add only a few words as regards the nucleus. The nucleus varies in size considerably, but not so much as the cytoplasmic part. The shape of the nucleus varies more than its size; thus many nuclei are round, while others are oblong. The former are represented by figs. ro and 20, the latter by 7, 8, 9, and 11. I have already stated that with metanil yellow and thionin part of the cytoplasm can be stained enough to show ex- actly the same general structure as the fusiform corpuscles, of which more further on. Of the details of the nucleus I have made no particular study, but I find that it possesses the same polarity as that described by Heidenhain. (See diagrams given in his ‘‘ Kern und Protoplasma,’’ Taf. ix, fig. 8.) The Fusiform Corpuscles—A more detailed description of these will be given further on. Here I will only state that they occur in large numbers and are more numerous than even the nucleated red blood cells. They are found in all stages of degeneration and disintegration. Leucocytes with Polymorphous Nucleus.—These are found in varying numbers. In some specimens they are much more numerous than in others. In figs. 14 to 19 ] have shown some types, each displaying a pronounced microcentrum which in a general way resembles those described by Heid- enhain, only the microcentrum is surrounded by a small, deep-staining, starlike sphere, which sometimes separates the centrosomes and the centrospheres from each other. A somosphere I have not with certainty observed. Stained with Ehrlich-Biondi, the fine connections between the lobes of the nucleus do not become visible. These fine connec- tions are, however, brought out with toluidine, showing that the various parts of the nucleus are in reality connected. I have never seen entirely isolated parts. These fine connec- tions frequently show one or two minute triangular nodes of very characteristic form, but I have not given them any par- ticular study and wish only to call attention to them. These leucocytes vary but little in size. Two of the figures, 194 and 19c, represent polymorphous leucocytes stained with ZOOL.—VOL. I.] EISEN—PLASMOCYTES. Il toluidine blue. I wish especially to call attention to the star- like pink-colored zone in the center, which appears to me identical with the granosphere. It is brought out only after several hours immersion in toluidine. The centrosomes are rarely stained by the toluidine, and the archoplasmic spheres are much less distinct than when stained with Ehrlich-Biondi. This granosphere in the leucocytes is exceedingly delicate but nevertheless distinct. I have never seen any rays reach to the cell wall; they always stop in the cytoplasm. Rays are frequently seen in the leucocytes extending from the archoplasmic region toward the periphery of the cell, but they consist of two distinct substances: granosphero- plasm, staining pink, and other cytoplasm, staining blue (fig. 19¢c). The outer part of the ray contains cytoplasmic microsomes, while the middle part of the same ray consists of microsomes of the granospheres. The Ehrlich-Biondi stain is thus misieading, as it does not differentiate the granosphere from the cytoplasm; or, if a slight differ- entiation is made, it appears as though the zonal rays surrounding the microcentrum are all, and throughout, of the same quality, which they are not. For the nuclei of the leucocytes the toluidine stain is entirely unsuitable, as it does not differentiate the various nuclear granulations but stains them all alike. At times the granosphere, instead of being starlike and consisting of very minute grains of indefinable form, appears to have fallen to pieces, so to say, consisting of a smaller number of larger globular granules, irregularly scattered about, and not close enough together to form a solid sphere, or zone. The microcentrum, which is generally round in outline, is at other times starlike, irregular, or even broken up into several smaller areas, one adjoining the other as in fig. 186, which is a toluidine stain. No distinct centrosomes are visible in the leucocyte, as indeed is generally the case with toluidine stains; but there are some shaded portions on the archoplasm which must be considered as corresponding to the somosphere, and which may or may not contain un- stained centrosomes. 12 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. [3D SER., As regards the granulation of the cytoplasm, we can nearly always, in successful preparations, distinguish three distinct kinds besides that of the granosphere. The achromatic granule is strongly refractive and pure white, generally but not always globular, or aggregated into larger globules, around which the two other granulations are sparsely scattered as irregularly formed grains of various sizes. Some of them stain deep blue, while others have a reddish tint, fainter and more bluish than the grains of the granosphere. It appears as if the achromatic granula were of a much greater consistency than the two chromatic ones, as they assume the shape of regularly rounded granules, while the colored grains surrounding them appear compressed or stretched out, accommodating themseives to the greater consistency of the achromatic granule. This refers to the toluidine stain preparations. Smaller Mononucleary Leucocytes.—These occur in vary- ing numbers, according to the state of the blood. The nu- cleus is very large, round, and compact, while the cytoplasmic part is very small, being reduced to a narrow margin. Frequently this cytoplasmic part stains as if it contained hemoglobin, and this makes me doubtful as to whether these bodies are really leucocytes. Fig. 20 represents one of them. The cytoplasm generally stains much lighter than is figured, but now and then we find a corpuscle intensely stained, as is this one. Leucocytes with Eosinophile Granulation.—These are al- ways scarce and vary greatly in size. They show cytoplasm frequently rayed as that of the true leucocytes, but the stain- ing of the partsis reversed. The granulation stains deeply, while the rays, probably corresponding to the grano- sphere, remain pale as in fig. 13. The centrosomes stand out plainly, but the inner spheres do not differentiate. Figs. 19 and 20 represent two of these cells of different sizes. There are some that are yet larger, and these stain less. The smaller the cell the darker it stains. Leucocytesof Various Kinds in Dissolutzon.—The cytoplasm and the nucleus appear to disintegrate together. In many ZOOL.—VOL. I.] EISEN—PLASMOCYTES. 13 instances I have seen the inner spheres around the centro- somes stand out sharply, while the nucleus and other parts of the cytoplasm were in the last stages of disintegration; but I have never seen such a separation of the centrosomes and centrosomal spheres as takes place in the fusiform ele- ments, and, judging from my observations, the microcentrum of the leucocyte does not survive. It is undoubtedly less differentiated and organized than that of the erythrocyte. Plasmocytes.—I apply this name to a hitherto undescribed element in the blood, first observed by me in the blood of Batrachoseps, and later also in some other batrachians and reptiles, as well as in that of man. These new elements are much smaller than the average erythrocytes, if, indeed, an average can be struck for a corpuscle with such extreme and irregular variations as the erythrocytes in the blood of Batrachoseps. The plasmocytes are only slightly larger than the smallest erythrocytes of the Batrachoseps blood, and similarly, only a little larger than the red blood cells of the human blood; but even the plasmocytes vary consider- ably, and some are found which are smaller than the human red blood cells. They are generally chiefly characterized by the absence of a cell membrane, and out of about a thous- and plasmocytes only six showed a rounded outline and what I considered a cell membrane. ‘The general form is that of around or oblong star-shaped body, with more or less frayed or amoeboid projections of the outer layer, while the inte- rior is arranged in varying concentric zones. They occur in large numbers, are more numerous than the fusiform ele- ments, and much more numerous than the nucleated red cells. The object of this paper is to establish the identity of these plasmocytes; to trace their origin; to follow their development; and to demonstrate and prove that they are composed of the centrosomes and archoplasm (with part of the cytoplasm) of the nucleated erythrocytes, having dis- engaged themselves from the degenerating and dissolving parts of the fusiform corpuscles, surviving in the blood serum as free and independent elements capable of growth through assimilation of food, and taking their place as blood 14 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. [3D SER., elements, equal in importance to the erythrocytes and leuco- cytes. V. Tue Fustrorm ELEMENTS. I believe that A. B. MacCallum was the first one to deter- mine satisfactorily that the fusiform elements, or corpuscles, in the blood of batrachians (Necturus) derive their origin di- rectly from the red blood corpuscles; that they constitute, in fact, what remains of the nucleated erythrocyte after the cell wall, hemoglobin, and possibly part of the cytoplasm, have been destroyed or separated. As regards the blood of Ba- trachoseps, this origin of the fusiform corpuscle is so appar- ent that few if any comments are necessary. Onmy slides I have frequently found nucleated cells that have been injured by pressure, or in which, for some other cause, the cyto- plasmic membrane had been ruptured, thus allowing all of the haemoglobin to escape. Such corpuscles showed the faintly staining cell membrane, with here and there tiny specks of cytoplasm around the edges; but the nucleus with surrounding cytoplasm was always stained, and in other ways exactly resembled the free fusiform corpuscles. In the yet enclosed fusiform corpuscles I frequently found the same spheres, and the same structure generally, as is seen in the free fusiform elements, with the exception that the nucleus was properly preserved, while that of the latter corpuscle was always in decay; but even in perfect and nucleated erythrocytes, stained with metanil yellow and thionin, I found now and then the cytoplasmic layers brought out in exactly the same way as in the fusiform corpuscles, which leaves no doubt as to the correctness of MacCallum’s ob- servations. A further proof is that if a drop of Batrachoseps blood be mixed with a drop of 0.6 salt solution and observed in a moist chamber, we will soon find that the erythrocyte loses: its hemoglobin, the cell membrane collapses, and the nucleus with adhering cytoplasm is set free. These re- mains of the erythrocytes closely resemble the fusiform corpuscles, or at least some of them, as it is evident that ZOOL.—VOL. I.] EISEN—PLASMOCYTES. 15 among the latter we meet with all stages of development and dissolution; development as regards the cytoplasm, dis- solution as regards the nucleus. A fusiform corpuscle of the blood of Batrachoseps, if stained with toluidine, pure and simple, presents the following structure: A large central nucleus of rather irregular, ob- long form, the two longer sides being always convex, while the two short sides are generally flat, or even concave, each one furnished with a dell. The nucleus itself requires little description, as it is always in a state of rapid dissolution. We find nuclei in all the various stages, some showing a distinct network with fairly well defined chromosomes, others again with only a diffuse mass of ill defined granules. In all the figures given I have, therefore, in no way en- deavored to reproduce a copy of the nuclear structure, but only to show its general form and appearance, the minute details being entirely unimportant. What attracts us the most in the fusiform corpuscle is the cytoplasmic element which adheres to the nucleus, princi- pally at one, but frequently at both of the poles, some- times, also, as a very thin coating on its long sides. Not only is this cytoplasmic coat thicker at the poles than on the long sides, but the structure of the polar parts is entirely different from that which adheres to the long sides. These sides are covered by a very thin layer of faintly staining cytoplasm. In some corpuscles this layer can be observed without difficulty all around the nucleus, while in others it becomes, at the middle of the long sides, so thin that it is hardly to be observed, and in some instances prob- ably it is entirely absent. The latter appears to be the rule rather than the exception. More rarely this layer is suffi- ciently thick to allow us to define it in two separate layers of about equal thickness, as, for instance, seen in figs. 21 and 27; but at the poles, or at least at one of the poles, this cytoplasm is greatly increased in size, showing that it consists of a number of distinctly staining and differentiating zones or spheres. The toluidine has a marked and distinct affinity for this part of the corpuscle, and stains it in a way 16 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. [3D SER., that no other stain does. This differentiation is nearly always the same, and we may readily recognize each zone by the coloring alone. Thus it will be seen that while the long sides of the nucleus are covered with two of these cytoplasmic zones or spheres, the poles contain six distinct zones, the two outer being the only ones which continue all around the corpuscle. The polar accumulations must, therefore, be considered as something entirely separate from the bal- ance of the cytoplasm; they, in fact, give rise to the plas- mocytes, and may, therefore, appropriately be called plas- mocytoblasts, or for the sake of brevity, plasmoblasts. VI. Tue PLASMOCYTOBLASTS. In a general way it may be said that plasmocytoblasts are found at each one of the poles of a fusiform cor- puscle; that they stain much darker in the center or at the base, the apex and outside margin being much lighter. Thus with the toluidine stain the margin is always pale blue, while the central or basal part is more violet. At the very base or in the center are generally seen one or more dark dots which are readily identified with the centrosomes of other cells. Instead of remaining in the non-nucleated parts of the erythrocyte when the nucleus is ejected, as is supposed by Heidenhain to be the case in the erythrocyte of the rat, they continue to remain attached to the cyto- plasmic envelope of the nucleus, only later on to separate from it. As might be expected, we meet with some variation in the form, size, and staining properties of these respective zones, but in the main they are very constant and can nearly always be recognized at once. There are two differently appearing kinds of plasmocytoblasts, but between them are numerous gradations showing that the two extremes cor- respond, one to a stage that is dormant, the other to one that is highly active. In the former, the dark staining part with the centrosomes is situated at the base, close to the nucleus, while in the latter, the dark staining part ZOOL.—-VOL. I.] EISEN—PLASMOCYTES. 7, appears to be in the center of the plasmocytoblast. In the former, the different cytoplasmic layers superpose each other like a series of hollow cones placed one on the top of the other on a level plane, with the centrosomes almost resting on this plane. In the other, or spherical form of plasmocytoblasts, the cytoplasmic layers surround each other as the hulls of seeds. ‘There is here no broad base, but a number of concentric layers of different density, color, and structure. In a general way these zones correspond to the ectoplasm and to the microcentrum (somosphere with cen- trosomes) of some investigators, but as great confusion ex- ists as to names I have considered it best to name each zone or sphere separately, as follows, counting from the exterior to the interior, or from the top to the base :— A. CyTOSoME, or cytosomal spheres, ectoplasmatic spheres; spheres not part of the nucleus and archoplasm— 1. Plasmosphere. 2. Hyalosphere. 3. Granosphere. B. ARCHOSOME, microcentrum, archoplasmic spheres, archoplasm with centrosomes; spheres not part of the nucleus or cytosome— 4. Centrosphere. 5. Somosphere. 6. Centrosome. As will be seen, and as I expect to demonstrate in the fol- lowing pages, the three outer spheres are purely cytoplasmic spheres, parts of the cell proper, for which, as a whole, I propose to retain the name cytosome, in juxtaposition to the caryosome, ornucleus,or to the three inner spheres, for which, as being of an entirely different nature, I propose the name archosome. This latter corresponds, at least in part, to Heidenhain’s microcentrum, and to the archoplasm with centrosomes of some investigators. The two following diagrams will illustrate this better. The first one gives the shape of the conelike plasmocyto- 18 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. [3D SER., blast, while the other one, which really is that of a plasmo- cyte, will give a fair idea of the spherical form of plasmo- cytoblasts. - CENTROSPHERE. SOMOSPHERE. CENTROSOMES. ~7'--~7~ NUCLEUS. DraGRAM 1. Plasmocytoblast at the pole of a fusiform corpuscle from the blood of a Batrachoseps attenuatus. In this diagram the nucleus is represented as being below the base line, but is not further sketched out, its position only being of interest. Immediately above it is the hyalo- sphere, while on the sides of the nucleus extends the plasmo- sphere. Above the hyalosphere, at the base of the cone, is seen the somosphere containing the centrosomes; surround- ing it is the centrosphere, and above it is the large dotted granosphere. The latter is surrounded by the hyalosphere and by the most exterior of all the spheres, the plasmo- sphere, showing fringed or ameeboid projections. ZOoL.—VOL. I.] EISEN—PLASMOCYTES. 19 PLASMOSPHERE. >, HYALOSPHERE. - GRANOSPHERE. SOMOSPHERE CENTROSOME --/)-- - CENTROSPHERE. DiaGRAM 2. Plasmocyte from the blood of Batrachoseps attenuatus. In this diagram the spheres have the same value as in the former, the only difference being that they have assumed a spherical form. This is a diagram of such a plasmocyto- blast as that represented by figs. 25a, 39, etc., while dia- gram I represents such a plasmocytoblast as is seen in fig. De Before I enter into a more minute description of the re- spective spheres, a few words about their general appear- ance may facilitate our understanding of them. In general the effect of the toluidine stain is as follows: The plasmo- sphere stains faintly blue, with darker blue blotches along the outer margin; the hyalosphere remains nearly always pure white, only staining faintly red with eosin, while with rubin it seldom differentiates; the centrosphere ap- pears strongly granulated and stains deeply violet; the centrosphere stains pale blue or deep violet with toluidine, with eosin it stains deep pink; the somosphere stains generally dark, with darker centrosomes. The exceptions to this general rule will be noted further on. Fig. 21 represents a fusiform corpuscle in which the conelike plasmocytoblast is especially prominent at the upper pole, while at the lower pole it is much smaller, and probably 20 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. [3D SER., wanting the microcentrum, in which case it cannot of course lay claim to the name of plasmocytoblast. In the upper one we have no difficulty in recognizing the outer plasmo- sphere with its fringed margin. The transparent hyalo- sphere comes next to it, almost or entirely unstained. The granosphere, which is very large, is stained violet, while the centrosphere is stained even deeper, rather an exception to the rule. Lowest down at the base are seen the somospheres, containing several dark spots, or centro- somes. The other type of plasmocytoblast, represented by dia- gram 2, is the one that is seen in figs. 32, etc. We find that the centrosphere with its enclosures has traveled away from the nucleus and the base of the cone towards its apex, much more so at 6 than ata. In fig. 35 we find that at the pole 4 the spheres are arranged according to the conelike type, while at the pole @ the spheres have assumed the final spherical shape, the granosphere surrounding the archosome about equally on all sides. The variation between these two extreme types of plasmocytoblasts is such that we seldom find two which are exactly alike, still, the similarity is sufficiently great to allow us without diffi- culty to recognize each respective zone. We will now con- sider these spheres more in detail, beginning with the outer one, or plasmosphere. VII. CyTosome. The Plasmosphere.—This, the most exterior sphere of cytoplasm, is especially developed at the poles, where its tendency to assume amceboid projections is very noticeable. MacCallum and Griesbach have previously described the poles of the fusiform corpuscles as being frayed. The in- creased size of the plasmosphere at the poles may be seen in figs. 32, 33, 34, 35, etc. The plasmosphere may be much larger at one pole of the fusiform corpuscle than at the other, and this inequality in size is also correspondingly shared by the other spheres. In other words, the spheres Zoou.—Vot. I.] EISEN—PLASMOCYTES. 21 increase in size together, and in such a way that the largest plasmocytoblasts are always those which inclose centro- somes and centrospheres. The plasmosphere appears fringed, partly from actually being so, partly, also, on ac- count of a row of dots of dark-staining cytoplasm arranged along the edge. These dots never occur in a continuous line, but run in a zigzag way near the edge. The arrange- ment of these fringed or plasma-projections is like that of the radii in a circle or the rays of a star. The plasmosphere sometimes gives the impression of being at rest, as rep- resented by figs. 21, 27, 34, and others. At other times it appears to have become fixed while in amceboid activity, as seen in figs. 25a, 29a, 320, 336, etc. While MacCallum noted the frayed appearance of the plasmosphere and figured it, his method of staining could not bring out any of the de- tails of differentiation, though some of his figures slightly indicate that he had observed some structures corresponding to the inner spheres. I have already pointed out that in a few plasmocytes I observed a membrane surrounding the plasmosphere, caus- ing the corpuscle to look very much like a real cell. In the plasmocytoblast no such membrane has ever been observed, as all possess a more or less fringed plasmosphere. While in the resting stage the plasmosphere presents an out- line of rounded protuberances, which may be either very small and even, as in fig. 21, or they may be large and un- equal in size, as in fig. 27. When properly stained the cytoplasmic accumulation at the edges is always prominent, and we find it either in the shape of more or less regular globules, or as wedges tapering towards the hyalosphere. The toluidine is the only stain which brings out this cytoplas- mic arrangement, and even a counter stain will prevent them from being observed. These small cytoplasmic masses seldom extend beyond the sharp line of the hyalosphere, and only once did I find them so irregularly scattered that the hyalosphere was obscured, as in fig. 380. The question arises as to whether the fringed appearance depends upon amceboid movements or not. As I will return Proc. Car, AcapD. SclI., 3D SER., ZOOL., VOL. I. (2) Oct. 20, 1896. 22 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, [3D SER., later to this subject, I will only state here that at times it certainly does. When the fusiform corpuscle is finally ejected from the erythrocyte, the cytoplasm is undoubtedly torn from the cell membrane, causing it to assume a star- like appearance, with irregular rays; but later on these rays show forms which can only be explained as the result of amceboid movements of the plasmosphere. I ascribe amoeboid movements to all the spheres except the hyalo- sphere, which appears always dormant as far as regards change of form. f1yalosphere.—This sphere extends like an even, narrow, and transparent ring all around the plasmocytoblast. On the three outer sides it is bordered by the plasmosphere, while on the side towards the nucleus it rests against this body. I believe that as a rule the hyalosphere is always found interior to the plasmosphere, though in some instances I have not been able to observe it. In fig. 27, for instance, the hyalosphere is seen below the plasmosphere all around the nucleus, and probably these two spheres always occur to- gether. The hyalosphere appears structureless and hyaline, and is hardly stainable with toluidine. It is always highly refractive. Only by a double stain of eosin and methyl blue “‘O”’ has it been possible for me to show with certainty that the hyalosphere is a distinct sphere and not simply a thinner continuation of the plasmosphere. The eosin stains the hy- alosphere pink, while the plasmosphere remains bluish. A characteristic of the hyalosphere is that it is of even size all around, like a transparent highly refractive ring, and that it shows no indication of changing its form by amceboid move- ments. Until the hyalosphere has closed around the form- ing plasmocyte, this latter, or its counterpart in the plasmo- cytoblast, can only be considered as a fragment of the cell, not yet having resumed that definite form which would char- acterize a finished or fully developed corpuscle. The Granosphere.— This sphere is the most prominently noticeable of the various zones which compose the plas- mocytoblasts, especially on account of its darker color, but also by its size. When small the shape is always that ZOou.—VOL. I.] EISEN—PLASMOCYTES. 23 of a narrow crescent, as in figs. 216 and 326; when larger it becomes conelike, and as it recedes from the nu- cleus it assumes a spherical form (fig. 25a, etc.). As the plasmocytoblast grows and tends to separate from the nu- cleus, it carries with it either the whole of the granosphere, as in figs. 25@ and 384, or it leaves behind a narrow crescent of granosphere close to the nucleus, as, for instance, seen in figs. 326, 39, etc. The part that moves away always con- tains the centrosomes or inner spheres, while the part that is left behind appears homogenous throughout, without trace of a microcentrum, except in case the microcentrum has divided, when a later emigration of a plasmocyte may take place. While the granosphere generally stains much darker, violet dark in contrast to other spheres which stain blue, this is not always the case, and for some reason or other the staining is inverted even on the same slide. In figs. 27 and 33 the tint it has taken is deep blue and the only differen- tiation is in regard to the intensity of the stain. Figs. 21, 24, 29, 32, 34, and 35 contain normally stained grano- spheres, while figs. 27, 31, and 33 show a granosphere in which we find no trace of the red. This is to a great ex- tent due to the time allowed the toluidine to stain. When too long the differentiation becomes less apparent, as the blue will quickly drive away the pink and violet. An im- mersion in the toluidine for three minutes will generally give the best differentiation, and even five minutes exposure is generally sufficient to destroy the differential effects. The granosphere is also distinguished by its granulated protoplasm which is always quite prominent. This granu- lation is not even, but irregular, both as regards the size of the granules and their distribution. The periphery of the granosphere is nearly always rather even, pressing as it does against the hyalosphere. The contrast between these two spheres is sharp and striking, as in fig. 21. In size the granosphere is variable. Frequently it is very large, as in figs. 21a, 22, 35, etc.; at other times it is much smaller, like a thin crescent, as in fig. 23. It frequently happens 24 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. [3D SER., that at one pole of the fusiform corpuscle the granosphere is very large, while at the other it is small or even wanting. This I think depends upon two things: either upon the stage of development of the plasmocytoblast, or upon the absence of or defect in the centrosomes or centrosphere. Grano- spheres which contain no archosome do not appear to increase in size, nor do they separate from the vicinity of the nucleus and become independent. While the plasmo- sphere and hyalosphere often extend all around the nucleus, forming the outer lining of the fusiform corpuscle, the granosphere is always confined to the poles, as seen in figs. 21, 33, etc. Here it exerts a pressure on the nucleus, as it is this sphere which causes the dell in the nucleus, generally found at the poles. Between the granosphere and the nu- cleus there is always a thin rim of hyalosphere, but as this rim is even all around the nucleus it must be the grano- sphere which is the direct cause of the dell. Further on I will refer to this again, and then show that it is the granulated sphere which in other genera of cells also causes a similar dell. The density of protoplasm or the greater tension in the granosphere, which causes this dell, probably could not act in the absence of a cell wall, except for the apparent elasticity and strength of the hyalosphere which prevents the granosphere from escaping. The granosphere is more or less sharply defined from the inner centrosphere. The three outer spheres—plasmosphere, hyalosphere, and grano- sphere—undoubtedly correspond to the ectoplasm of Heid- enhain, a reference to which will be made further on. While I have here referred to the granosphere as being the direct cause of the dells in the nucleus, it is probable that the in- direct cause of the dells is the archosome. The phenomena of phagocytosis will be referred to in an- other place. Here I will state only that they are frequently observed in the plasmocytoblasts as well as in the plasmo- cytes, though principally in the latter. Both of these bodies very often inclose parts of or whole red blood cells, which they are apparently in the act of digesting. Such inclosures are always found in the granosphere, from which it may be ZOou.—VOL. I.] EISEN—PLASMOCYTES. 25 concluded that this sphere possesses digestive properties and can be considered as the digestive organ of the cell and of the plasmocyte. VIII. ArcHosomMeE. The Centrosphere.—We will now consider a part which I think must be held analogous to the archoplasm of some investigators—the spheres surrounding the centro- somes. The centrosphere is nearly always well defined, and sometimes even separated from the granosphere by a thin but distinct unstained border. The position of this sphere in the granosphere is variable; it may be situated at the base of the cone, or it may be found in the center of the granosphere, or near one of its borders. The outline of the centrosphere is generally smooth and regular; it may be slightly uneven or cloudlike, but is nearly always very distinct, and I believe it is always present. If we consider the staining quality of this sphere we find that with toluidine it generally stains lighter than the granosphere and that it shows much less granulation. But this staining is not always constant; in fig. 35 the centrosphere at ais darker and star-shaped, while at 6 it is darker and conelike. In fig. 34 the centrospheres at the respective poles are stained lighter than the granosphere. This is also the case in fig. 23. There may be from one to four centrospheres in one plasmocytoblast; when more than one is found it is evi- dent that they constitute fragments of the original centro- sphere, each fragment having assumed a more or less spherical form, and each one carrying along with it a sep- arate granosphere, the latter also being a fragment of the original granosphere. ‘Thus in fig. 32 we see a single cen- trosphere at each pole, each surrounded by an envelope of granosphere. In fig. 35a the centrosphere is in a state of division, while at 354 no activity is apparent. In fig. 36, from a fusiform corpuscle stained with Ehrlich-Biondi, we find three centrospheres at each pole, the lower pole at 6 26 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. [3D SER., having spread out to such an extent as to enclose one half of the nucleus. In fig. 28 we see a plasmocytoblast with three centrospheres in different stages of development, one of which, having separated itself almost completely from the vicinity of the nucleus, and carrying with it an envelope of granosphere and centrosomes, is apparently ready to form an independent plasmocyte. In the plasmocytes the centro- sphere frequently assumes a large size and becomes more differentiated, evidently a direct effect of development and growth. In fig. 49, which represents a free plasmocyte, the centrosphere is beautifully differentiated, having as- sumed a deep pink eosinstain. In fig. 38a the centrosphere is very large and rounded, pale blue, and surrounded by a narrow rim of granosphere. The centrosphere frequently assumes a star-shaped or irregular form, which indicates that it possesses independent amceboid movements. Somosphere and Centrosomes.—The innermost of the spheres, which incloses one or more centrosomes, I have named somosphere. 1 have not, however, been able in every instance to demonstrate the presence of this sphere; but in many, perhaps in the majority of corpuscles observed, this sphere is distinct from the centrosomes. The dark granules, or centrosomes, accepting this name as Heidenhain understands it, are nearly always surrounded by this special sphere, which generally stains darker than the centrosphere, but sometimes also appears much lighter. It varies much in size and form, but is less regular than any of the other spheres, and undoubtedly possesses amceboid activity. In fig. 21 the somosphere is well marked, and in its center are distinctly seen the darker granules, or centrosomes. It would be incorrect to state that the centrosphere always en- closes the somosphere, because frequently the latter is seen to lie at one edge of the centrosphere, as represented in fig. 34a; or it may be even entirely separate from it, though this may be caused by accidental pressure. If we compare figs. 22 and 23, we find that inthe former the somosphere is very small, a faint tint, so to say, surrounding the granular cen- trosomes. In fig. 23, again, the somosphere is much larger ZOOL.—VOL. I.] EISEN—PLASMOCYTES. 27 and lies prominently in the white centrosphere, while on the other hand it encloses two small, separated centrosomes. In fig. 386 the somosphere appears to be absent, the centro- somes standing out free in the centrosphere. In fig. 49, which is in many respects a very instructive one, the somo- sphere is stained dark blue and starlike in form, inclosing some centrosomes of rather uncertain shape. In the early plasmocytoblast the centrosomes always lie very close to- gether, and can only with difficulty be segregated; but as the spheres grow the centrosomes separate, each carrying with it some part of one of the inner spheres. I have never found more than four centrosomes together in one plas- mocytoblast, and generally their number does not exceed three. In the plasmocytoblasts the somosphere and centro- somes are too small to be readily studied, the larger plasmo- cytes offering much better facilities in this respect. The relationship of the three inner spheres—those of the microcentrum—is not by far cleared up, but it seems that the somosphere and centrosomes are much more intimately con- nected than the centrosphere and the somosphere. IX. Dirrerent Kinps oF PROTOPLASM. The distinct differentiation possessed by the various zones naturally indicates that the protoplasm composing them con- sists of at least as many different kinds as there are zones. The word cytoplasm, as referable to all protoplasm con- tained in the cell outside of the nucleus, would thus not express and define the various kinds of protoplasm found in the inner spheres. If we, for convenience sake and with reason of a physiological difference, speak of cytoplasm as distinct from caryoplasm, we can, with equal propriety and for greater distinctness, refer to the protoplasm of the archosome as being distinct from that of the cell and the nucleus. That the spheres of the archosome must be considered as quite distinct from those of the cell and the nucleus is quite evident from what I have mentioned above, and, moreover, they must be considered as a whole 28 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. [3D SER., by themselves. This unity must ultimately be ascribed to difference in structure, quality, and organization of the pro- toplasm, entitling it to be considered separately. For the protoplasm of the microcentral spheres I therefore propose the word archosomopflasm, giving it equal value and im- portance with the cytoplasm of the cell and of the cary- oplasm of the nucleus. While we may use these words for convenience sake, we may neither imply that the archo- somoplasm, caryoplasm, and cytoplasm are not further sep- arable into distinct kinds, nor that parts of cytoplasm, for instance, may not at times be found mixed with caryoplasm. How many distinct kinds of caryoplasm and archosomoplasm there really are will probably not soon be definitely decided, but I think we can safely argue that every part of protoplasm which differentiates in staining constitutes a kind of its own, differing in quality and function from the rest. That the centrosphere and somosphere do not always differentiate in the same manner does not prove that they are not always ‘equally distinct from each other. Too long exposure to the stain will always destroy the differentiation, while at times permeation with food granules and liquids will greatly lessen or affect their susceptibility. X. DEVELOPMENT OF THE PLASMOCYTOBLAST INTO PLAS- MOCYTES. I have already pointed out that by arranging and compar- ing a series of drawings of plasmocytoblasts it soon becomes evident that they are respectively in different stages of development; not only are some of them much larger than others, but the larger ones show a differen- tiation not found in the others. If we study such of the figures as 28, 330, 37, etc., we observe that the inner spheres have divided, a division apparently caused by a separation of the centrosomes, which latter have carried with them, each one separately, an envelope of one or two spheres. Thus in fig. 35@ the white somosphere is dividing and in each division is found a centrosome: in fig. 33 each ZOou.—VOL. I.] EISEN—PLASMOCYTES., 29 somosphere has carried with it an envelope of centro- sphere; while in figs. 28 and 36 each centrosphere is fully separated from the other. In fig. 28 a further stage has been reached, as here each centrosphere is surrounded by an envelope of granosphere. At a yet more advanced stage this granosphere is surrounded by an envelope of hyalosphere and plasmosphere, as seen in figs. 37,38, and 39. The next stage consists in an entire separation of the new spherical body from the plasmocytoblast. In other words the plasmo- cytoblast has divided into two or more distinct bodies which have gradually freed themselves from all connection with the nucleus, or rather from the thin layers of cytoplasm yet adhering to the nucleus; the nucleus has continued to disintegrate, while new plasmocytes have steadily developed until they have become free and independent elements of the blood. That these new bodies, or blood elements, are something entirely distinct from mere fragments of the cyto- plasm is evident from several observable facts. The plas- mocytes increase in size, which again shows an independent growth undoubtedly caused by the taking up of nourishment ; they have also moved away from the vicinity of the nucleus, showing independent movement; and finally, they have changed their form from a mere fragment to a finished, symmetrical body. ‘The various spheres or envelopes of the new plasmocyte do not show any great irregularity, but instead exhibit a surprising regularity, especially as regards the two exterior spheres, the closing up of which forms the last step in the formation of the plasmocyte. Figs. 28a, 326, 37, 38a, 380, 39, etc., represent plasmocytoblasts in the last stages of development, the plasmocytes being almost perfected and ready to separate. In 37 the plasmo- cyte is entirely formed, while in 38a and 39 it is yet con- nected with the old fusiform element by a narrow shaft of plasmosphere. XI. THE PLASMOCYTES. General Remarks.—In the foregoing I have endeavored to show how the archosomes, or microcentra, of the plas- 30 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. [3D SER., mocytoblasts, have gradually receded from the immediate vicinity of the nucleus; how they have clothed themselves with envelopes of the outer cytoplasmic layers, or spheres; and finally, how they have entirely separated themselves from the fusiform corpuscles, henceforth existing as plasmo- cytes in the blood serum. These new elements possess properties which must characterize them as independent corpuscles. These properties have already been referred to as follows: Assimilation of food through phagocytosis, or through the blood serum; exhibition of independent movements which have enabled them to separate from their connection with the fusiform corpuscle and to live an inde- pendent life in the blood serum; and further, they have, from the beginning, been something else than mere frag- ments, each one being surrounded by ringlike spheres or zones of differentiated protoplasm, one exterior to the other, an organization which is not found in fragments. The plasmocyte is thus characterized by the possession of form; interior and symmetrical organization; independent movement, both as a whole and as regards the separate spheres of the microcentrum; and growth by means of phagocytosis, which includes the process of digestion in the granosphere and in the somosphere. All these properties also characterize a cell; but the plasmocytes are not cells; they lack, in fact, two most essential characteristics of a perfect cell: they possess no nucleus, and are not generally surrounded by a cell mem- brane. flomology of the Plasmocytes and the Plasmocytoblasts.—\ have carefully examined about one thousand plasmocytes, more or less, under very many stains, and find that while they vary, they do so only within certain limits, and with the exception of a dozen all told they present the same general structure. Comparing them with the plasmocy- toblasts in various stages of development, we find that the plasmocyte possesses every characteristic found in the advanced plasmocytoblast, while it does not possess a single characteristic which is not also found in some plas- ZOOL.—VOL. I.] EISEN—PLASMOCYTES. 31 mocytoblasts, viz.: those which are ready to separate them- selves from the fusiform corpuscles. Whether stained one way or the other, I find that the respective spheres behave in the same way, and that those of the plasmocyte are al- most exact copies of those of the plasmocytoblast. From the youngest plasmocytoblast to the oldest plasmocyte it is not difficult to arrange a perfect series of forms showing a gradual gradation of one into another. An examination of figs. 40 to 84 will demonstrate this better. Different Kinds of Plasmocytes.—While all plasmocytes possess a number of characters in common, they still differ in some degree, sufficiently to be worthy of description. For convenience sake we can segregate them into groups, according as we find in them one, two, three, or possibly four separated spheres, side by side, each containing one or more centrosomes; but between these different types there are gradations showing the variations to be of minor importance. As representative of one of these types I will refer to figs. 40, 44, 47, 49,55, 60, etc., taken at random. ‘The common character of these six corpuscles is that of the centrosome or centrosomes being surrounded by an envelope consisting of all the various spheres described above, concentrically arranged. In another type of plas- mocyte we find that the common envelope contains only two of the spheres, the plasmosphere and the hyalosphere, while there are two or three separate archosomes, each of which has its own separate envelope of granosphere. Such plasmocytes are figured in 68, 69, 70, 71, and 72. Thus the division in the plasmocytoblast has in these not extended to the two other spheres. We have here simply an original plasmocytoblast separated from the nucleus of the fusiform corpuscle and closed up by the two outer spheres before the archosomes separated themselves sufficiently for each one to become the center of a plasmocyte. Still another type is represented by figs. 61, 63, 65, 66, 79, etc., in which we find that the division has not even extended to the granosphere. In these the granosphere is continuous in the same way as the two outer spheres, only the archo- 32 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. [3D SER., somes are found separated. Among these types we find those in which one centrosphere encloses one single somo- sphere and one centrosome, while the other centrosphere encloses two distinct centrosomes, as represented in fig. 61; or we find that one centrosphere encloses one centro- some, and that the other centrosphere contains three centro- somes as in fig. 65; or the division may be more perfect, and we find three distinct centrospheres, each one with a centrosome. Ina word, a very great number of combina- tions may exist, each to be considered as the stage in which the plasmocyte was freed. Whether a further division of the archosome could take place in such a way that each centrosome would form the center of a plasmo- cyte is doubtful, and I must leave this question undecided. The Spheres of the Plasmocytes.—As the spheres of the plasmocytes resemble those of the plasmocytoblast so very closely, only a few remarks will suffice to point out the more apparent characteristics. The projections of the plasmosphere vary considerably, and I have frequently observed a striking symmetry in their position, in that they occur principally at the poles, thus giving the plasmocyte the appearance of a star, or of a starlike spindle (figs. 46, 73, 74, 51, etc.) The hyalosphere is nearly always distinct, narrow, even, and pellucid, giving the impression of being solid, as the other spheres rarely encroach on it. It never becomes coarsely granulated, and if stained with Ehrlich-Biondi it differentiates poorly, while with eosin it sometimes stains faintly pink. I have, however, under favorable conditions observed in this sphere a very fine, regular granulation, consisting of even, rounded globules of exceedingly small size, colorless, and of great transparency. The granosphere is, of course, the most prominent of the spheres as regards color, granulation, and size, though all of these vary within certain limits. It is this sphere which takes up foreign substances and digests them, thus exhibiting phagocytosis (fig. 79). In it we find granules of various sizes, staining more or less intensely. Sometimes the grano- Zoou.—VOL. I.] ELISE N—PLASMOCVTES. 33 sphere is very large, as in figs. 40, 49, 58a, 73, and 77; at other times it is narrow but equally distinct, as in figs. 47 and 60. The darkest granules are either accumulated at the margin near the hyalosphere or near the centrosphere, as seen in figs. 53 and 58a, or they are concentrically dis- tributed as in fig. 55. That the centrosphere is entirely distinct from the grano- sphere is shown by its different staining quality, by its less pronounced granulation, and by the frequently very sharp margin which separates the two spheres. Thus in fig. 49 we see the centrosphere stained pink, while the granosphere is dark blue. The above figure is from an eosin-methyl blue preparation. In fig. 58¢@ the centrosphere is pale blue and the granosphere is dark blue. The somosphere is here very pale and unstained, while the centrosomes are very sharply defined. The centrosphere, more than any other sphere, exhibits amceboid movements, as seen in figs. 82, 83, etc. In order not to repeat I will leave the detailed description of the various figures to be given at the end of the paper. The innermost enclosures of the archosome, the somo- sphere, and the centrosomes, may best be considered to- gether, as they undoubtedly are very closely related and are apparently dependent on each other. Sometimes the centrosomes are not distinct, while at other times the somosphere cannot be distinguished. Again, at times, the distinction is prominent, as for instance in fig. 49, where the somosphere has assumed a deep blue, while the cen- trosomes of both remain dark; or, in fig. 65, where the somosphere is lighter blue; but this absence of either the centrosomes or somosphere is, I think, only apparent, being due to imperfect staining, caused by either too long or too short exposure to the stain. In all successfully stained slides the somosphere and centrosomes are never absent. Ihave frequently observed that the somosphere and centro- somes do not always lie in the center of the centrosphere, as in fig. 65, but at one side, as in fig. 69, or even outside of it, as in fig. 73. When there are three centrosomes pres- 34 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. [3D SER., ent they form a triangle (figs. 52, 58a) with a position rela- tive to each other very much like that of the centrosomes of the lymphocytes, according to the diagrams of Heiden- hain (see his ‘‘ Neue Untersuchungen,”’ figs. 3, 25, etc.), or they may simply lie in a half circle, as in figs. 52 and 65. In one plasmocyte I found four centrosomes lying in asquare (fig. 60), connected by a film of somosphere. In others the arrangement was less regular and the centrosomes were placed at different depths, one above the other. At no time have I observed more than four centrosomes in the same microcentrum. ‘The somosphere is either diffuse, spherical, crescent-shaped or ringlike. The diffuse and spherical somospheres are always homogenous or very finely granu- lated, while the crescent-shaped or ringlike somosphere is seen to more or less perfectly enclose one or more highly refractive yellowish bodies. When the somosphere is ring- like it is always found to be wider at one point from which it tapers in both directions towards the opposite sides. In the thickened and crescent-shaped part are found the minute centrosomes. When more than one is present they are al- ways found close together and frequently so approximated that only the most delicate manipulation of the light will show them to be separate from each other and from the somosphere. Between the crescent-shaped and the ringlike somo- sphere there are numerous intermediate links, the extreme forms being of equal frequency. These forms are undoubt- edly due to the enclosures mentioned above. These are of a rather solid nature, and being always round they cause the somosphere to assume the shape of a crescent or ring; the former if the sphere is small and cannot compass the globule; the latter if it is larger and can extend all around it. That these globules constitute a food supply, perhaps derived from the granosphere, will presently be mentioned. (See figs. 81, 83, 88.) In corroboration of this is the fact that when the somosphere is crescent or ring-shaped the centrosomes appear in greater activity, actually in the process of budding (fig. 83). By budding I do not necessarily im- C ZOOoL.—VOL. I.] EISEN—PLASMOCYTES. 35 ply that new centrosomes are budded off from the mother centrosome, though this might be the case; but it may be as- sumed that this budding is only a part of an amceboid pro- cess, an expansion which may later on be succeeded by a corresponding contraction. The budding of centrosomes has already been ob- served and described by M. Heidenhain in his ‘‘ Neue Un- * and he ascribes it to a process of centro- somal division or multiplication. That sucha multiplication of the centrosomes in the plasmocyte takes place is almost certain, but whether it ultimately leads to a division of the plasmocyte remains yet to be demonstrated. The final effort of the centrosomes and somosphere is probably to separate themselves in such a way that each centrosome, with its surrounding somospheres, forms the center of an archosome and a plasmocyte; but I think that this division goes on principally while the microcentrum is yet enclosed in the plasmocytoblast. After the plasmo- cyte has once formed, division into two or more plasmocytes may take place, though I have only very rarely found any indication that this is the case. The impossibility of study- ing the plasmocyte without proper staining and fixing makes the determining of this most important question most diffi- cult. In fixed specimens on slides I have now and then found plasmocytes which appear to be in amitotic division, but until special study has been given it this point cannot be decided. food Supply in the Somosphere.—Now and then I have observed highly refractive globules in the somosphere, which must either be parts of the somosphere, of secreted, or of foreign matter. These globules may be two or three in number, although usually there is but one. They are al- ways dull yellowish, but strongly refractive, rounded or ir- regular, with sharp outlines. They are not by any means present in every plasmocyte, nor are they found on every slide, though on some slides I find them in al- most every plasmocyte. Since this paper was finished in ms. I have found plasmocytes in large numbers in human tersuchungen, 36 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. [3D SER., blood, and nearly every one of them possessed this same refractive globule at one side in its granosphere, seldom in the center. In the batrachian plasmocyte the somosphere lies outside on the surface of these globules, never in them. The fact that these globules are not always present, nor consistent as regards form, size, and number, induces me to consider them as food particles which are being digested by the somosphere and which may have been either de- rived directly from the blood serum or secreted by the granosphere. In consistency these globules are quite dense, as may be judged from the appearance of the somo- sphere. The somosphere would then stand in the same relation to the centrosome as that of the granosphere to the centro- sphere and interior spheres. In other words it constitutes a digestive layer for the nourishment of the centrosomes. It is only reasonable to suppose that such delicate organisms as the centrosomes must have specially prepared nutriment, and that they are unable to directly assimilate food sup- plied by the blood serum and by the granosphere. The process would then be as follows: The nutriment supplied by the blood serum is digested by the granosphere; part of what results from this feeds the various spheres of the plas- mocyte, especially the centrosphere; and as this nutriment is too coarse for the centrosomes, it must, in order to be assimilated by them, be further manipulated by the somo- sphere. Unequal Staining of the Archosomal Spheres.—A point of considerable interest is the unequal susceptibility to stains exhibited by separate archosomes. For instance, in plasmocytes which contain two or more archosomes with a granosphere surrounding each, we often find that one granosphere or centrosphere has accepted a very dark stain while the other remains quite pale. Thus in fig. 65 we see that the centrosphere of the upper microcentrum is dark violet, while the lower and larger one is light blue. , © c t op0o-Kep-os, upright-horned; pivd-Kepos, horn-nosed; etc. 6. When the final member is a substantive of the third declension with a stem ending in the vowel -/- or -v- (nomi- native singular -ws,-vs, masc. or fem., and -: or -v, neut.), the ending of the compound will appear identical with the form of the final member: e. g. cwol-ToXL-s5 (TOX-s, cety), Cety-saving ; mepoe-0t-s (TOXL-S, city), city-destroying ; opi-owi-s (dyi-s, look), looking like a snake; AuTO-vau-s (vav-s, ship), ship-abandoning ; di-mnxu-s (wHxUS, cubst), two cubits long; *a-dedpu-s (Sedgus, womb), wombless; etc. 7. When the final member is a verbal root, it may have either an active or a passive force; (a) if active, the com- pound may have the simple verbal root with the endings -0s,-ov; (6) if passive, it will usually have the suffix -T0S; (c) it may have’ the ending -ns, which is either active or passive: e. g. (2) Onp-o-tpdb-05(V tp°nd, Tpépo, breed), animal- breeding ; UA(a)-0-TOM-05 (V Tok; Téu-v-w, cut), wood-cutting; ovpav-0-cK0T-05 (cKkoTr-€w, see), sky-gazing ; Zoou.—VoL. I.] MILLER—GREEK AND LATIN DERIVATIVES. 139 (6) Katd-$pax-tos (Vdbpay, dpdocw, cover), covered over ; dopu-aXw-7T 0S (V dro-, andioxopat, be taken), taken with the spear ; a-reTid@-TOS (*AemLb0w, cover with scales), not covered with scales; so akpo-AeTTLOM@-T OS, d-yvo-TO0s, Apni-pa-Tos, etc. (c) ev-wab-75, easily learning, or easily learned ; a-wab-5, not learning, or not learned ; / O 4 Geo-ceB- 1s , reverencing the gods. - The principal classes of Greek compound adjectives, the formation of which is concerned in this discussion, are not different from the classes of Latin compounds dis- cussed in §§ 23-29 and will be treated in the same way. They are as follows: i ic B B 2 2 S 2 a 3) 7 oO a i : é oat 8 a Dn z+ oe (Be é 67 I. eovT- o- Képar(a)o- s, lion-headed ; im (0)- oup(a)o- s, horse-tatled ; Tap benv- o- s, all the month ; KUD- o- yorTT(a)o- s, dog-tongued ; KUD- o- Képar(a)o- 5, dog-headed ; podo- OaKTUXO- S$, rosy-fingered. 68 The process would be exactly the same for two adjec- tives combined into one; or for an adjective with an insepa- rable prefix: €pv0po-hevKo-s, reddish white ; Nevko-héda(v)-s, black and white ; TOAU-KAOPO-S, VEry QTEEN ; av-aitio-s, not to blame; d-cogo-s, unwise; etc. 69 79 71 140 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. [PROC. 3D SER. z 9 L so 2 4 z 3 y i=] =i is! ca) 13) | a a gC Be 8 aupli- Buo- s, amphibious ; a- TOLaAT- 0- s, bodiless ; UmTO- AEvKO- s, whitesh ; a- deo Lo- s, unbound ; a- NpOwat- o- s, colorless ; nel- -™TEpo- s, half-jfinned. i i) Fy 5 g if bo a a bo os oY a a = > Be s g a6 @ g 5 2 d 5 i e 8 8), & < aR TOS a 1) /eadxp (0-)ovp(a)o- s, long-tailed ; Tpl- c@pat- o- ss, three-bodied; TEPKVO- TTEPO- s, dusky-winged ; deve (0-) fParpo- 5, whete-eyed. (a) Numeral adjectives follow an abnormal course: (1) Instead of the numeral eis, wéa, év, in compo- sition, wevos—single, is used: e. g. Hovd-yapos, married but once; movo-bvé, single-yoked; jmovo-Kepos, having but one horn. (2) For évo- there is an inseparable prefix 6c- which is always used in compounds: e. g. 6c-ddaKTundos, two- jingered; 8t-0dav, two-toothed; 5¢-m7tepos, two-winged ; Oe-érns, btennial. (3) The stem of tpets, tpéa, is Tpt-, which is simply prefixed in entering into composition: e. g. Tpl-cwpos, triple-bodied; tp.-ddxtvros, three-fingered; Tp i-yovos, three-cornered. (4) tértapes has also an inseparable prefix form TeTpa-: €. Y. TETpa-OdKTUADS, four-fingered; TETPa- yovos, four-cornered; TeTpa-érns, guadriennial. 72 73 74 Zoou.—VOoL. I.] AWLLER—GREEK AND LATIN DERIVATIVES. 141 (5) and (6) wévre and €& follow the analogy of Tetpa- and ém7d, and make prefixes mevta- and é£a- respectively: mevta-ddxtudos, five-fingered; é€&a- SaxTvXos, six-fingered. (7) €m7Td, xT, etc., are simply prefixed without change. Nore.—Il4@v in composition is usually treated as a neuter substantive, with stem zav- instead of twavt-,in an adverbial relation to the other member of the compound: e. g. mav- copos, all-wise, mav-cédnvos, full-mooned; 74 -KnVOS, through all the month; Wav-édXdnves, the Grecian world; rarely mavt-o-: tavt-o0-da7r05, all sorts of ; TaVvT-0-Topos, all-traversed. i) 1) z E ° ° > a FI z 5 aiyle s a 3 5 a) el D 13) a) 13) d ' vu n vu uv Sey ret hres 4 z 5 SC a 8) un a ES 4. aip- 6- ppo- o- $s, flowing with blood ; TOTT0- ypap- o- s, place-describing ; ALO0- pay- o- s, stone-eating’; > , . a oupavo- okoT- o0- S, sky-gazing’; Bpayxio- otéy- o- ¢, gill-covered. it) z fo} f 3 2 8 & BO “ CI o o 2 E 8) 2 a+ > ( +0 ) +o 5. a- TpoT- o- Ss, not turning ; ava- Pde7- Ss, i.e. Bre, looking up; bys . . . é€v- Ttpod- o- s, living with; a- TO[L- o- Ss, uncut; ouyo- Top- o- s, cut 2n two. Exceptions to these rules will be found, of course, not only in scientific nomenclature, but even in well approved classics. All that has been attempted here has been to give 142 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. [PRoc. 3D SER. the rule, leaving the abnormal to take care of itself. As I have given the rule and ignored the exceptions for the most part, even where exceptions are numerous, the laws laid down may be called ‘‘ Draconian,”’ and censured as being **tinctured with more than Roman severity.’’ But the *« frequent laments over the instability of our systematic nomenclature ’’’ and the ‘‘ bitter complaints against those who change names’’ are called forth in nearly every case by some one’s having rebelled against some ‘‘ Draconian ”’ law. Consistency and correctness can be secured only by following out what is recognized as rule, and will surely be thwarted by adopting strange forms even when sanctioned by sporadic use on the pages of a Pliny. Nothing is good enough but the best, whether in science or language or Latin form for scientific nomenclature; and Pliny, for the last, is not good enough so long as we have something bet- ter. I cannot refrain from concluding with the rest of Dr. Gill’s paragraph, alluded to above, in which, after objecting so vigorously to what he calls ‘‘ Draconian’’ laws and ‘‘laws tinctured with more than Roman severity’’ and urging that ‘‘ the language of nomenclature should not be bound by rules of strict philology,’’ he declares so unequi- vocally for humble obedience to the higher law of priority as the only way out of utter confusion: ‘‘ Frequent are the laments over the instability of our systematic nomenclature; bitter the complaints against those who change names. But surely such complaints are unjust when urged against those who range themselves under laws. We are forci- bly reminded by such complaints of the ancient apologue of the wolf and the lamb. The stream of nomencla- ture has indeed been muddied, but it is due to the acts of those who refuse to be bound by laws or reason. The only way to purify the stream is to clear out all the disturbing elements. In doing so, mud that has settled for a time may be disturbed, but that is at worst anticipating what would have inevitably happened sooner or later. We are suffer- ing from the ignorance or misdeeds of the past. In opposing the necessary rectifications and the enforcement of the Zoot.—Vot. I.] AWLLER—GREEK AND LATIN DERIVATIVES. 143 laws, extremes may meet ; conservatives and anarchists agree. But the majority may be depended upon in time to subscribe to the laws, and the perturbed condition will then cease to be.”’ : We may recognize the law of priority as absolute, and retain the many monstrous and misspelled names to be found on the records of natural history, just as their makers left them. They are historic facts and serve to mark the group of animals or plants to which they apply, but these misshapen forms of words are not ornamental and they are unworthy of scholars. It is to be hoped that, in future, greater care may be taken to make words that give correctly the idea the author may have intended. Such words as Frelichthys, Lepomis, Semotzlus demand the constant apology of those who use them, while words like Zalophus, Eri- cymba, Fylocichla are a pleasure in themselves to those who understand their meaning. It costs no more to frame a name properly than to leave it a monstrosity. If this paper shall serve as a stepping-stone toward the attainment of correctness and uniformity in the framing of names of classical origin, its purpose will be fully met. Rey il smth ie PROCEEPLINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES THIRD SERIES. Zoouocy. Vou. I, No. 4. A Genus of Maritime Dolichopodida New to America. BY Witi1am Morton WHEELER, Pu. D. WitH ONE PLATE. Issued July ro, 1897. SAN FRANCISCO: PUBLISHED BY THE ACADEMY. 1897. } fi tes A GENUS OF MARITIME DOLICHOPODID= NEW TO AMERICA. BY WILLIAM MORTON WHEELER, PH. D. PLATE IV. OF THE three maritime genera of Dolichopodide described from Europe, viz., Wacherium, Thinophilus and Aphrosylus, only one has hitherto been found to be represented in this country. Thisis Z¢nophilus, of which I described a spe- cies from Wyoming during the past year. While working on the marine fauna of Monterey, California, during the summer of 1896, and again during January of this year, while similarly engaged at San Diego, California, I ob- served three species of Dolichopodide flitting about in the spray of the breakers among the sea weeds on the rocks below high water mark. Closer examination shows that the three species are all new, and that they are assignable to Aphrosylus Walker, a genus comprising four European spe- cies: A. ferox Walk., A. celtiber Hal., and A. raptor Walk., from the sea coasts of Northern Europe, and A. venator Loew, from the coast of Italy. Loew” sums up the characters ot the genus Aphrosylus in the following words: ‘‘The first joint of the antenne without hair, the second of the usual transverse form, the third tapering at the tip; the arista entirely apical. The face narrowed above, especially in the male. The proboscis turned towards the breast. Palpi disengaged, hanging downward, in the male larger than in the female. The abdomen of the male shows six segments; the short and rounded hypopygium ends in the shape of a knob; its external appendages are elongated, parallel lamellae, fringed with rather long hair. The female abdomen has only five segments. Wings of rather equal breadth; the posterior 1Ent. News, May, 1896, pp. 155-156. 2 Monograph of N. Am. Dolichopodidz. Smith. Misc. Coll., 171, 1864, p. 148. [145] July 10, 1897. I 46 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. [PRoc. 3D SER. transverse vein is less distant from the margin of the wing than its owa length; the end of the fourth longitudinal vein is paruilel with the third. Feet with rather coarse bristles; the first joint of all the tarsi is much longer than the second; the first joint of the hind tarsi without bristles.”’ In all these characters the Californian species agree with their European congeners. They may be distinguished from one another thus: a. Arista of the antenna naked, posterior cross-vein at right angles to the fourth ein 625 jase clotvasaepesatere aitiase siensieiesece sehen een eter elovepierelarerela erersiete teers b. Arista pubescent, posterior cross-vein forming an obtuse angle with the founthivietneg oly nse peer senate rerenere ee econ: Aphrosylus grassator. 6. Wing with a black blotch covering the distal end of the discal cell, fore and hind femora ciliated above............. A. direptor. Wing without a black blotch, fore and hind femora eciliate. A. predator. Aphrosylus predator, sp. nov. PLATE IV, Fics. I-6. Male.—Length of body 2-3 mm; length of wing 2.5-3 mm. Antenne black, first joint rapidly widening distally, second short, spheroidal, with black bristles, third tapering rather uniformly from a broad base to a point, and covered with short hair and with a few scattered, short, spine-like bris- tles, which are more numerous on the ventral than on the dorsal! surface. The two-jointed arista is long and flexuous, its basal segment about one-third as long as the third antennal joint and, like this joint, covered with short hairs; the apical segment bare. Face metallic green, thickly covered with gray dust, narrow towards the middle where there is a distinct indentation at the orbit on either side. The lower portion of the face projects forward somewhat. Palpi large, black, with black hairs. Proboscis swollen, cylin- drical. Posterior orbit metallic green, with thick gray dust and black cilia. Thoracic dorsum metallic green overlaid with a thick layer of brown dust; the dorsal and acrostichal bristles prominent, black. Pleurze black, with or without very slight metallic green reflection, covered with gray dust. Scu- tellum of the same color as the thoracic dorsum, with four bristles, the me- dian pair long and thick and directed upwards and forwards; the lateral pair small and weak and directed backwards. Abdomen suddenly narrowed at the fourth segment, above metallic green, somewhat less opaque than the thoracic dorsum, and covered with black hairs, below blackish and covered with pale dust and hairs like those on the dorsal surface. What is to all ap- pearances a rudiment of the seventh abdominal segment overlaps the base of the hypopygium on the left side. Hypopygium large, its swollen base black, without hairs; the pair of external appendages bent forwards at a right angle ee Zoou.—VoL. L.] WHEELER—MARITIME DOLICHOPODID 2. 147 near their tips, black. Each of these appendages beatS a piceous or gray lamella on its antero-lateral edge above the angle. This lamella is fringed along its edge with weak hairs, the appendages with stubby black bristles, which are especially abundant on the mesial surfaces. The inner appendages are yellowish, the sinuate penis short and broad, with its point directed for- wards. In life the hypopygium is folded up against the ventral surface of the fourth to sixth abdominal segments, somewhat like the blade of a closed pocket-knife. In this position both the inner appendages and the tips of the outer appendages are invisible. Legs black (in alcoholic specimens piceous), with a dull metallic green reflection, especially on the femora, and _ bristly with black hairs. The ground color of the legs is obscured by a layer of pale dust. Fore coxze with conspicuous black hairs on their anterior surfaces; fore femora somewhat thickened proximally, with about a dozen prominent black spines below directed at right angles to the surface. The fifth joint of all the tarsi somewhat broader than the other tarsal joints. First joint as long or nearly as long as the second to fourth joints taken together. Fore tibia with a strigil-like comb of pale hairs near its distal end on the inner side. Hind femur with a few long bristles near its tip on the outer side; middle tibia with a few similar bristles near the proximal end on the outer side. Wings gray, rather opaque, with faint traces of a darker cloud on the poste- rior cross-vein, which is at right angles to the fourth longitudinal vein and scarcely more than its own length distant from the posterior margin. Ter- mina] segments of the second to fourth veins parallel and slightly bent. Sixth vein short but distinct. Anal angle of the wing not very prominent. Hal- teres pale yellow throughout. Upper cilia of the piceous tegule white, lower cilia black. Female.—Length of the body 3-3.5 mm.; length of wing 3.5-4 mm. _ Dif- fers from the male in having a somewhat broader face, in the absence of the spines on the lower surfaces of the fore femora, and in the shape of the abdo- men, which is much swollen in my specimens and consists of only five visible segments. Its tip, provided with the small black or piceous ovipositor, is turned upwards. Of this, the most abundant of the three species, I have collected 200 specimens, 100 of either sex. The flies are gregarious, and seem to feed on the small animals which they find among the fronds of the Auwcus and Endocladia on the rocks. The females are more common than the males. From July rst to August 5th, 1896, this species was observed almost daily at Pacific Grove, California, and along the coast to the southward as far as Point Lobos. It was also seen, January 15th to March roth, in smaller numbers, at Point Loma and La Jolla, San Diego County, California. It will probably be found to occur throughout California wherever the coast is rocky. 148 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. (PROC. 3D SER. Aparosylus direptor, sp. nov. PLATE IV, Fics, 7-10. “Male.—Length of body 2.5 mm.; length of wing 3.5mm. Face dull me- tallic green, rather thickly covered with pale dust, palpi somewhat smaller than in the preceding species, black, with black hairs. Antenne black, first and second joints as in the preceding species, third joint shorter and more oblong, owing to a blunt projection on the ventral side near the insertion of the arista; basal segment of the arista short, hairy; apical segment long and bare. There are a few prominent bristles on the third joint similar to those found in A. predator. Cilia of the superior and inferior orbits black, not very prominent. Thoracic dorsum metallic green, opaque, with a thick layer of brownish dust; acrostichal and dorsal bristles prominent, black. Pleurz and scutellum as in 4. predator. Abdomen metallic green, overlaid with white dust and covered with short black hairs; the six segments are of nearly uniform length and taper gradually to the insertion of the hypopygium. Hypopygium smaller than in the preceding species. Its swollen and hairless base bears the scale-like rudiment of the seventh segment on the left side. The pair of outer appendages is considerably shorter than in 4. predator and directed forwards from their insertions. They are black and covered with black bristles, those on the mesial surfaces being short and stubby. The yellowish inner appendages are concealed, with the exception of the penis, which is long and delicate, and passes backwards between the outer appendages, so that its recurved end projects a short distance beyond the tip of the abdomen. Legs dull metallic green, blacker distally, covered with pale dust and black bristly hairs. Fore coxee with conspicuous black hairs on their front faces, fore femora thickened proximally, without spines on their lower faces, but with a row of long black cilia along their upper surfaces. The strigil-like comb of pale hairs near the tip of the fore tibia is more prom- inent than in A. predator. Hind femur with a row of black cilia on the upper surface of its proximal half. Wings without prominent anal angle, gray, somewhat opaque; venation as in the preceding species. A large black blotch covers the distal end of the discal cell and the posterior cross-vein, and extends up half-way between the third and fourth veins. Halteres dull light yellow. Cilia of the tegulze black. Female.—Length of body 3-3.5 mm.; length of wing 3.5-4 mm. Apart from the primary sexual characters the female differs from the male only in having a somewhat broader face. The female even has the cilia on the fore and hind femora, a character which we should hardly expect to find in this Sex. The above description is drawn from one male and six female specimens. These were taken in company with A. predator at Pacific Grove, California, July 5th and 31st. Though rarer than the last mentioned species, A. direptor was frequently observed flying about among the sea weeds. In the living insect the black spots of the two wings coincide ZOOL.—VOL. I1.] WHEELER—MARITIME DOLICHOPODID. 149 when these appendages are folded over the back, and the additional intensity which the blotch thus acquires enables one to recognize the species at a distance of a few feet. Aphrosylus grassator, sp. nov. PLATE IV, Fics. 12, 13. Male.—Length of body 1.5 mm.; length of wing 2mm. Antenne black, third joint very short, beset with short hairs and a few black bristles, which, as in the two preceding species, are more numerous on the ventral than on the dorsal surface. Arista long, distinctly pubescent throughout. Palpi not very much enlarged. Body opaque black throughout. Frontal bristles long and prominent, as are also those on the thoracic dorsum and abdomen. Bristles of the scutellum as in the preceding species. Hypopygium large, its outer appendages directed forwards and bent upwards at their tips, which are provided with two short, conical projections. The outer appendages are fringed with very dense and coarse black hairs, especially on their mesial surfaces. The inner appendages are yellowish, and the penis projects back- wards and downwards between the outer appendages but not as far as in A. direptor. The bristles of the abdomen end on the rudiment of the sey- enth segment, which, as in the preceding species, is shifted to the left side of the swollen base of the hypopygium. Legs piceous, becoming blacker on the tibize and tarsi, bristly. The bristles on the samewhat swollen fore femora rather long and erect. Wings smoky, somewhat opaque, immaculate; costal bristles prominent, third and fourth veins parallel, the latter ending in the tip of the wing and with its proximal segment distinctly incrassated. The pos- terior cross-vein is very oblique, so that it forms an obtuse angle with the fourth vein. It is more than twice as long as its distance from the posterior margin. Halteres piceous. Tegular cilia black. Female.—Length of body 2mm.; length of wing 2.5mm. The face is some- what broader than that of the male, the proximal segment of the fourth longi- tudinal vein is not incrassated, and the bristles on the fore femora are not so prominent. The hairs on the last segment of the abdomen are long and prominent. The ovipostor is piceous. Of this, the smallest and rarest of the Californian species of Aphrosylus, | have taken only three specimens, one male and two females. These were captured, together with spec- imens of A. Predator, at Pacific Grove, August 5th. More material is needed before it can be definitely affirmed that the proximal incrassation of the fourth vein is a male character and not an individual variation. I50 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. [PRoc. 3D SER. Tue Larva oF APHROSYLUS. PLATE IV, Fic. 14. While observing the flies above described, it occurred to me that their larval and pupal stages might be passed in the salt water. A search for Dipteran larve in the tufts of alge on the rocks was rewarded by finding several forms, some of which evidently belong to Nematocerous families. Two specimens, however, measuring 3.5 and 5 mm. respectively, taken at Pacific Grove during July, are undoubtedly Doli- chopodid larva, and I did not hesitate to assign them to A phrosylus. They are very probably the larve of the com- monest species, A. fredator. My friend, Dr. H. P. John- son, has recently given me another specimen, measuring 5-5 mm., taken in the same locality during December last. These larvee have the general characters that have been noted for the Dolichopodide by Beling, who has described the larve of six genera of this family ( Ps/opus, Neurzgona, Argyra, Porphyrops, Systenus, and Dolichopus)'. They are glistening white, tapering to a point anteriorly, and less rapidly to the truncated posterior end, which is sur- rounded by nine flattened lobes. These are arranged as follows: One small lobe in the mid-dorsal line, two larger and dorso-lateral, one on either side, two ventral, largest of all and projecting furthest backward, and, between the dorso-lateral and ventral lobe on either side of the body, two small lateral lobes. The dorso-lateral and ventral lobes are each provided with two fan-shaped tufts of small bristles at their tips. The posterior tracheal open- ings lie one on either side at the inner bases of the dorso-lateral 1 Beitrag zur Metamorphose der zweifluegeligen Insecten. Archiv f. Naturg., Jahrg. 41, Bd. 1, 1875, pp. 31-57; and Beitrag zur Metamorphose zweifluegeliger Insecten aus den Familien Tabanide, Leptide, Asilide, Empide, Dolichopodide, und Syrphide. Archiv f. Naturg.. Jahrg. 48, Bd. 1, 1882, pp. 187-240. Other species are described by Brauer: Die Zweifluegler des k. k. Museums zu Wien. 3. Systematische Studien auf Grundlage der Dipteren-Larven nebst einer Zusammenstellung von Beispielen aus der Literatur iiber dieselben und Beschreibung neuer Formen. Denkschr. Akad. Wien. Bd. 47, 1883, pp. 19, 29-30, Taf. IV, figs.72-75. This work also contains references to papers by v. Vollenhoven, Brown, and Smith, on the larve of Macherium maritimum. Ihave not had access to the contributions of these three authors. Zoou.—Vou. I1.] WHEELER—MARITIME DOLICHOPODID2, I51 lobes. There are twelve well marked segments in the body, and the fifth to eleventh of these, inclusive, have crenulated creeping-pads on their ventral surfaces. There are rudiments of antenne on the first segment, and powerful jaws, each of which is toothed and connected posteriorly with a pair of delicate chitinous rods that extend back into the third segment. Between the ventral and somewhat shorter pair of these rods lies a curved unpaired chitinous element, the function of which is not clear. Anteriorly the trachea open on the second segment. The four large lobes at the posterior end have been seen in other Dolichopodid larvae. They are noted by Beling as occurring in all the forms he examined except Weurigona. This genus seems to have no such processes, and is described as ‘‘am Ende kuppelfoermig gerundet.’’ An unpaired dorsal lobe occurs in Argyra. The two pairs of small lateral lobes seem to be peculiar to Aphrosylus, unless they occur in the larva of WZacherium, a description of which I have not seen. UNIVERSITY OF CHICAGO, May 1, 1897. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. to} Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. tod Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. PIAARY Po CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES. Aphrosylus predator. Male. Antenna of A. predator. Hypopygium of 4. gredator seen from behind. Face of male A. predator. Face of female A. predator. Abdomen of female A. predator. Abdomen of male A. direptor. Wing of A. direptor. ; Fore leg of A. direpior. Antenna of A. direptor. Abdomen of male A. grassator. Antenna of A. grassator. Wing of A. grassator. Full-grown larva of Aphrosylus. [Proc. 3D SER. % rs Py Faoc Vat Aran Ser 3” SER. Zoo. Vou!. [Wareter| Flare IV WI WHEELER, sdnat. de} APHROSYLUS. PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES THIRD SERIES. ZOOLOGY. WOite Ie INI©s Ge A Preliminary Account of the Marine Annelids of the Pacific Coast, with Descriptions of New Species. BY HerBertT P. Jonnson, Pu. D., Assistant Professor of Zoology, Untuersity of California. With Six PLATEs. Issued December 11, 1897. SAN FRANCISCO: PUBLISHED BY THE ACADEMY, 1897. A PRELIMINARY ACCOUNT OF THE MARINE ANNELIDS OF THE PACIFIC COAST, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. BY HERBERT P. JOHNSON, Pu. D., Assistant Professor of Zoology, University of California. PLATES V-X. ParT I. THE EUPHROSYNIDA, AMPHINOMIDA, PALMY- RIDA, POLYNOIDA, AND SIGALIONID. Tue marine Annelids of the western sea-board of our country have received but little attention, and by far the greater number of the species remain unknown to science. Any work done upon this group in this region, even at this late day, must necessarily have the character and limita- tions of pioneer work. It is certainly an interesting rev- elation of the haphazard nature of zoological exploration to find that much more is known about the Polycheta in the most remote regions of the earth, in the farthest north and the farthest south, in the East Indies and the South Seas, than along the easily accessible shore of a great civilized nation. No apology, therefore, need be offered for the preponder- ance of attention here given to such preliminary matters as descriptions of new species, distribution, habits, and other details of the natural history of the group. It is the writer’s intention to present the entire order Polycheta, as rep- resented on our shores, thus in outline, and concurrently or subsequently to fill in the picture with as much of embryological and histological detail as possible. The present publication is in every sense a frodromus of a more extensive work, which will require many years to complete. Notices of marine Annelids of the Pacific Coast have beenfew and meager. ‘The earliest collection of Annelids L153 ] December 7, 1897. 154 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. [PRoc. 3D SER. from California was that of Kinberg', who, sometime be- tween 1851 and 1853, obtained a few specimens in the vicinity of San Francisco. Three species were described by Kinberg: Halosydna brevisetosa (which I have found in great abundance), MJastigonereis spinosa, and Syllis californica. A much larger collection was gathered in 1859-60 by Alexander Agassiz, at several points along this coast be- tween Panama and the Gulf of Georgia. Several new species were described from. this material by Ernst Ehlers in his fine monograph ‘‘ Die Borstenwiirmer’’ (1864-67). This collection has never been entirely worked up.’ It is worthy of note that three Atlantic species are enumerated in the list of Agassiz’s Annelids—Polynoé (Lepidonotus ) sgquamata, Harmothoé imbricata, and Arenicola antillensis. The occurrence of the two former on our coast I can verify from personal observation. In 1863’ and again in 1865* William Baird of the British Mu- seum described seven species of Polychzeta collected by J. K. Lord at Esquimalt, Vancouver Island. Four of these I have been able to identify with reasonable certainty: a/o- sydna insignis, H. grubez (both of them varieties of ZH. brevisetosa Kinberg), H. lordi, and A. fragzlis,—and I strongly suspect that his Harmothoé unicolor is none other than the ubiquitous and highly variable Harmothoé zm- bricata. Baird’s descriptions are lacking in precision, and are unaccompanied by figures. Three species of Polychaeta from our coast were de- scribed in 1889 by J. Walter Fewkes.’ Two of these, Sabellaria californica and Sabella pacifica are very com- mon colony-forming species along the California coast. 1jJ. G. H. Kinberg: Nya Slagten och arter af Annelider. Ofversigt K. Vetensk.-Akad. FGrh., Bd. XII, 1855; also in: Ibid, Bd. XXII, 1866 (Annulata Nova); also in: Frigatten Kugenies Resa omkring jorden, Zodlogi, 1858. °Tam indebted to my friend, Dr. Wm. M. Woodworth, for opportunity to copy that portion of his MS. catalogue of the Vermes of the Museum of Comparative Zoology which includes Prof. Agassiz’s collection. 3 Proc. Zool. Soc. (Iondon) for Apr., 1863, pp. 106-110. 4Journal Linnzan Soc. (London), Vol. VIII, pp. 188-192, 196. 5 “New Invertebrata from the Coast of California,’ Bull. Essex Institute, Vol. X XI, pp. 99-146, 7 Pls. ZOoL.—VOL. I.] JOHNSON—PACIFIC COAST ANNELIDS. 155 The material upon which my own study of the Polycheta is based has been gathered almost entirely from the Califor- nia coast, and for the most part within the littoral zone. A few species not found within the area left bare by the tides have been dredged from very moderate depths (down to twenty or twenty-five fathoms), and a yet smaller number have been taken from stones brought up on fish-hooks from a greater depth in Monterey Bay.’ The Polycheta now deposited in the Museum of the University of Califor- nia have been collected by my colleague, Prof. Wm. E. Ritter, by students in the University (particularly Messrs. F. W. Bancroft and H. B. Torrey), and by myself. The localities where the most extensive and thorough collecting has been done are San Pedro (summer and winter of 1895, summer of 1896), Pacific Grove (1894, 1896, 1897), and the vicinity of San Francisco. Collecting has been done,besides, at a number of other points—San Diego, San Clemente and Santa Catalina Islands, Bodega Bay, Point Arena, Point Mendocino, Humboldt Bay, Shelter Cove, Trinidad, and Patrick’s Point. A few species from Puget Sound have been recently added to the collection.’ A word should perhaps be said in regard to terminology. I have employed the old terms ‘‘ dorsal’’ and ‘‘ ventral’’ instead!of the more modern ‘‘ hemal’”’ and ‘‘ neural.’’ Con- sequently the uppermost branch or division of the parapo- dium is the ‘‘ dorsal ramus,’’ and the lower the ‘‘ ventral ramus.’ The sete borne by these two portions are re- spectively the ‘‘ dorsal sete’’ and the ‘‘ ventral sete.”’ The appendages of the prostomium are the ‘tentacle ’’ (median and unpaired), the ‘‘ antenna ’’ (paired and adja- cent to the tentacle) and the ‘‘palpi’’ (paired organs of touch, very contractile in Polynoide, springing from the ventral side of the prostomium). The somite immediately back of the prostomium is the ‘‘ peristomium,’’ and is the 1For these specimens I am indebted to Dr. Bashford Dean of Columbia University. He was informed by Ah Tak, the Chinese fisherman from whom he obtained them, that the depth was go to 100 fathoms. “For these I am indebted to Miss Alice Robertson, student in Natural Science at this University, and to Master John Dewhurst of Seattle, Washington. 156 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. [Proc. 3D SER. first counted in an enumeration of the somites. Next to the prostomium, this somite is the most modified. Its cirri are the ‘‘ peristomial’’ cirri, and are two, four, or eight in number. When two only are present, as in Heteropale bellis, they are the dorsal. A dorsal and ventral peristomial cirrus is present on each side in the Polynoide. In Chrys- opetalum, where two pairs are present on each side, the duplication probably does not indicate the fusion of two peristomial somites, but a sort of chorisis or division of an original single pair. The ‘‘buccal’’ cirri are the much- enlarged ventral cirri of the second somite. The ‘‘anal’”’ cirri are always a single pair belonging to the terminal or anal somite, which is invariably postanal in Euphrosynide, Aph- roditide and Polynoide. The ‘‘nephridial papille’’ of the Polynoide and Sigalionide are the little protuberances on the ventral side, one at the base of each parapod for the greater portion of the animal’s length. At their distal ends the nephridia open. Descriptions and measurements have been based almost entirely upon specimens carefully preserved either in alco- hol or formalin. Only in respect to color have I found any advantage in drawing up descriptions from living speci- mens; and there are positive objections to taking measure- ments from the living worms. While I have constantly en- deavored to preserve specimens in a straight and extended condition, I am bound to say that my efforts have been only partially successful. No matter how gradual or prolonged the narcosis, very few species fail to undergo more or less contraction when placed in the fixing fluid. Since meas- urements taken from straight and moderately contracted specimens give quite as accurate an idea of the true dimen- sions of the species as if obtained from living worms, exhib- iting as they usually do every gradation of extension and flexion; and since, furthermore, nearly all Annelid meas- urements extant have been made upon alcoholic material, I have seldom taken the trouble to get the dimensions of liv- ing specimens. I gladly avail myself of this opportunity to express my Zoou.—VOL. I.] JOHNSON—PACIFIC COAST ANNELIDS. 157 sincere and heartfelt thanks for the many courtesies ex- tended to me by the directors of the Hopkins Seaside Lab- oratory at Pacific Grove, where I have on several occasions occupied an investigator's room, and enjoyed conveniences and advantages for marine zoological work elsewhere un- known on our coast. amily SUE EIRNOSY NDAs: Euphrosyne aurantiaca, sp. nov. PLATE V, Fics. 1-4. Form elongate-elliptical, slightly tapering at both ends, which are very uniform. Dorsal and ventral contours both convex, the ventral more so than the dorsal. Medio-dorsal bare stripe very narrow (I-1.5 mm.), not more than one-fifth the width of the body.! Number of somites, 30-37. Buccal somites, first to fifth inclusive. Width of middle somites, 54 times their length. Caruncle bilobed dorsoventrally. Lobes coalesced the whole length of the shorter, inferior lobe, which reaches the anterior border of the fifth somite. The free posterior tip of the superior lobe extends back of this point about one-half the width of the fifth somite. The anterior edge of the caruncle carries a short, stumpy tentacle, at the base of which are located the single pair of dorsal eye-spots. Prostomium not distinct from the caruncle, deeply sunken between the forwardly directed parapodia of the first somite. Ventrally, close to its ante- rior border, are the ventral eye-spots, flanked on each side by a minute antenna, which springs from the lateral edge of the prostomium. Parapodia with three cirri, two dorsal, one ventral, and seven ramose “‘gills.’’ Ventral cirrus inserted among the ventral sete, gradually and evenly tapered from its base, about one-half the length of the ventral setae. Lateral cirrus similar in form, placed between the third and fourth gills (counting from the dorsal extremity of the series). Dorsal cirrus stout, slightly swollen near base, evenly tapered, acute at tip, bent towards the median line. In con- tracted condition, none of the cirri are longer than the setee among which they are placed. “Branchiz’’ bifid nearly to base; each branch carries 6 or 7 branchlets (fig. 1). Setze numerous on all the parapodia; those of the ventral series simply forked near tip; those of dorsal series deeply incised and curved at tip (figs. 2, 4), serrated on both sides of incision. All sete are hollow to tip and im- pregnated with calcic carbonate, which gives them a glistening white ap- pearance. Color in life orange, darkest along mid-ventral line. Measurements.—Length of average specimen, 21 mm; greatest breadth, 1“ Width of body”’ or transverse diameter in every case includes the parapodia, but not the setz. 158 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. [PRroc. 3D SER. 5-5 mm; length of caruncle, 2.5mm. Length of largest specimen, 26 mm.; greatest breadth of same, 5.5 mm. This species is common at San Pedro, from low-water mark to three or four fathoms, and probably to greater depths. It frequents shelly and stony bottoms. The enor- mous, matted rootstocks of the bladder kelp (JZacrocystis pyrifera) afford it a welcome shelter. Many specimens were obtained from these rootstocks in July, 1895, when they washed ashore from San Pedro Bay, where the kelp grows to a depth of eight or nine fathoms. The number of somites is variable, ranging, among twelve specimens, from 30 to 37'. The largest, measuring 26 mm. in length, had the largest number of somites, and the smallest, 16 mm. in length, had the least; but an in- crease in the number of somites as the size increases is by no means the rule. All my specimens (with the exception of a single one dredged near Monterey from 12 fathoms) were obtained at San Pedro in July and August, 1895. None were taken there in December, 1895, although the same ground was dredged carefully. The larger individuals were sexually mature in July. £. aurantiaca is most nearly allied to 2. myrtosa Savigny, and to &. mediterranea Grube. It agrees with these in hav- ing: (1) seven pairs of gill-trunks, which are not extensively branched and have no end buds; (2) the caruncle extend- ing to the fifth somite; (3) the number of segments. It dif- fers in having: (1) sete of two kinds; (2) the latoral-dorsal cirrus between the third and fourth gill-trunks, instead of between the second and third. 1 The number of somites ran as follows: Z7MSOMILES 0 Sdsss, ho oee Capea emp Men aed etr on eal gene BY 2 specimens 36 os BECRDAOlCEC TalmacS i BLO 1b oO Buono al 3 35 BANE Orit ane Aaa stot ota fo socom | eg /adag io. 0 I < eb eo Bedyoich ona dio Glo ale odes ofS oo DU GyS 3 w 33 We Mgt ood oe clo Oo Gash otto 6 OOo I : 32 2 zs 31 Aneta Se nie Ol eT eA cacy SOL once te: GEOG I ¢ 30 Oe BLOG OD O19 oO oOo DOO OO 00060 010 I xe Average, 33%. Zoou.— VOL, I.] JOHNSON—PACIFIC COAST ANNELIDS. 159 Euphrosyne arctia, sp. nov. PLATE V, FIGs. 5-7. Smaller than the preceding; diminishing slightly at posterior extremity, nearly as broad at anterior end as at middle somite. Median bare stripe about one-fourth width of body. Caruncle proportionally large and high, reaching posterior edge of fifth somite; slightly bilobed dorsoventrally, the two lobes of equal length. Me- dian tentacle short, less than one-half the length of the caruncle, with filiform tip. Two eye-spots at its base. Preoral pads large, completely fused, and in preserved specimen covering the ventral eye-spots. Mouth set far back, its posterior border formed by fifth somite. The prostomium bears near its ventro-anterior edge the two small tentacles, which are probably homologous with the antennz of related forms. Setze of dorsal rami of two kinds: simple bifid and ringent (fig. 6); the latter longer and stouter than those of 4. aurantiaca, Ventral setee more slender than first type of dorsal, which they resemble; dorsal with a smaller, more divergent spike (fig. 7. two sizes). Five ‘‘ branchiz’’ on each side, dichotomously branched four times (fig. 5). Latero-dorsal cirrus between second and third branchial trunks. Number of somites 22. Buccal somites 1-5. Colors in life ochraceous; rose-red on bare dorsal stripe; the setze, as usual in this genus, silvery white. A single specimen of this pretty little Annelid was brought up on a stone from a depth of about 100 fathoms in Monterey Bay, in July, 1896. This individual proved to be a female, and its body-cavity was crowded with nearly mature eggs. This form comes nearest to Huphrosyne armadillo Sars. From Ehlers’ brief diagnosis of #. armadzllo, in the “< Borstenwtirmer.’’ Jam unable to determine whether the Californian species is identical with the Norwegian. Ihave not seen Sars’ description of the latter and must therefore defer passing judgment upon the specific distinctness of Z. arctia. Family I]. AMPHINOMID-. Eurythoé californica, sp. nov. Pate V, Fiecs. 8-14. Body long and rather slender, gradually tapered in its posterior third. An- terior end very slightly tapered; head about one-half the greatest diameter of the body. Cross-section of body squarish, dorsum nearly flat (except when distended with the genital products); ventral contour decidedly convex, sides between the rami flat and vertical. 160 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. [PRoc. 3D SER. Segmentation strongly accentuated, breadth of segments (in alcoholic specimens) from two to three times their length. Head abruptly narrowed to the hoof-shaped prostomium, which is convex above, but nearly flat beneath. On its ventral aspect is a slight longitudinal groove which extends backward to the mouth. The prostomium bears two pairs of cirri, a median cirrus or ‘‘tentacle,’’ and two pairs of eyes; the dorsal pair in front of the anterior pair of eyes, and same distance apart as the latter; the ventral cirri further apart and in the same vertical plane as the anterior pair of eyes. There is little or no difference in the length of the paired cirri. Eyes four, the anterior pair considerably larger and a little nearer together than the posterior; anterior pair placed in a transverse sulcus that divides the dorsal side of the prostomium into anterior and posterior portions. The posterior portion carries not only the four eyes, but also the tentacle, and ex- tends caudad as the caruncle. Tentacle decidedly shorter than the paired cirri, tapered uniformly from the base, and very acutely pointed at tip. Caruncle slender, cylindrical, flexuous, reaching anterior border of third somite. Mouth triangular, the apex running forward as the median groove in the ventral side of prostomium; bordered posteriorly by the fourth somite, which forms a crenated and somewhat tumid lip. Anus terminal, minute. Parapodia (fig. 9) composed of two widely separated rami. The ventral ramus with a fascicle of long, slender setee, of varying lengths, and a few short hastate ones (figs. 12-14). The long sete have a slight lateral prong near tip; they are silvery white by reflected light. The dorsal sete shorter than the longest of the ventral fascicle, and of various lengths and sizes. They fall under three types: (1)long, very slender, bifid setee, almost precisely simi- lar to the corresponding type of the ventral ramus (fig. 12); (2) long, stout, serrated sete (fig. 10); and (3) short and very stout, smooth setee (fig. 11), which probably correspond to the hastate setee of the ventral ramus, but are much more numerous. The dorsal ramus of every parapod, except the first, carries a ramose gill. The number of branches in each gill increases backward; the gills of the second somite are very simple, having only two or three branches. The maximum complexity is attained at about the twelfth somite. Dorsal and ventral cirri present on all the somites, very similar in form, smooth, terete, jointed near base, evenly tapered to the small, rounded tip; shorter than the longest sete of both fascicles; dorsal cirrus considerably longer than the gills. Number of somites, 60-93. Living color variable, flesh to dark brown. When sexually mature the eggs shine through the body-walland give the female a decided purple tinge, while the ripe males are red. A beautiful purple and green iridescence on ventral side. Measurements.—Length of full-grown specimen, 106 mm.; width, 5 mm.; dorsoventral thickness, 3 mm. Length of smallest specimen (60 somites), 22 mm.; caruncle, I mm. long; average length of middle somites, 1.5 mm. ZOOL.—VOL. I.] JOHNSON—PACIFIC COAST ANNELIDS. 161 FHlabitat.—San Pedro sand-flats, between tide-marks, (July and December). Rocky shores at Pacific Grove, near low-water mark (December). This species differs from Hurythoé pacifica Kinberg and from its variety /evuwkaéusis M’Intosh in the following points: (1) The body is more slender; (2) the tentacle is placed between the posterior instead of the anterior pair of eyes; (3) the caruncle is much narrower, and extends only to the third somite, instead of to the fourth. The bifid sete are likewise different in lacking the serrations near the tip. It is evidently distinct from Eurythoé complanata Pallas which, as its name indicates, is much flattened dor- soventrally, while in &. californica the vertical and horizontal diameters are nearly equal. A further distinc- tion is seen in the tentacle, which is much shorter in /. com- planata than in E. californica. Family II]. PALMYRIDAE. Chrysopetalum occidentale, sp. nov. PLATE V, Fics. 15, 16; PLare VI, Fics 17-19. Form elongate, scarcely tapered anteriorly, and but little posteriorly, slightly flattened dorsoventrally; segmentation clearly marked, prostomium and parapodia prominent and distinct. Mouth set far back, bordered pos- teriorly by fifth somite. Prostomium rounded above, its breadth greater than its length, bearing the four eyes, of which the anterior pair are nearer together than the posterior, and are sometimes fused into a large black patch. On its antero-ventral aspect the prostomium carries the median cirrus, two antenne, and the palpi (fig. 15). The median cirrus is less than half the length of the antennz, stout, conical, indistinctly jointed near its base. Antennz swollen in their prox- imal half, contracted at point of attachment, gradually tapered, their distal half, like that of all the cirri, roughened with scattered spinulations. Palpi short, decidedly less than antenne, thick, very slightly tapered, bluntly rounded at tips, constricted at base. First somite bears on each side two pairs of peristomial cirri, not essen- tially different from the rest of the dorsal and ventral cirri, each two jointed; three on each side nearly equal in length, but ventral cirrus of posterior pair decidedly shorter (PI. V, fig. 16). Second somite setigerous, with distinct, anteriorly directed parapodia, ex- tending in front of prostomium. Dorsal sete, like those of all succeeding 162 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. [PRoc. 3D SER. somites, in the exceedingly modified form of paleze. Ventral setee about thirty in each fascicle, compound, with cultrate appendage (PI. VI, figs. 17, 19), the latter hooked at tip, finely spinulose on its straight border. Medulla of shaft cross-striated, forked at point of articulation with appendage. Palez on all somites except peristomial and anal; they are of two sizes: (x) a lateral group of three to five narrow ones, extending at right angles to long axis of body; (2) a circlet of twenty or more, considerably broader and longer (PI. VI, fig. 18), lying dorsally, and covering the succeeding somite like a thatch of palm leaves. Paleze of different somites vary in width. Those of the second much narrower than the rest, and like the lateral groups. All, however, are constructed after one pattern. An average One is shown in fig. 18. It is curved in two planes; upper surface concave, the upcurved edges serrate and slightly involute, tip curved towards median line of animal, acute. Seven to eight longitudinal ribs, and numerous, fine, parallel, transverse striations. All paleze have a golden-brown luster. Parapodia with dorsal and ventral acicule (fig. 17), the ventral nearly three times the length of the dorsal. Ventral ramus long and slender; dorsal ramus a slight, rounded, broad protuberance. Both dorsal and ventral cirri jointed, terminal portions very similar in form, subulate. Approximate number of somites in two specimens, 55 and 41. Buccal somites, first to fifth. Measurements.—Length, 4.57 mm.; width across broadest part of body, -79 mm. Hlabitat.—San Pedro Harbor, California (15 feet). This little Palmyrid was found but once, in small num- bers, in December, 1895. Like the type species, C. fra- gile Ehlers, it is notable for the readiness with which it breaks transversely. In a preserved specimen the indi- vidual somites may be readily detached, one after the other, from the trunk. The related species of our coast, Hete- ropale bellts, has the same characteristic. This form shows numerous points of difference from C. fragile in the shape of the palee, of the sete, of the dorsal cirri, and of the eyes. I have had no opportunity to compare it with the description of C. debzle (Grube) Ehlers. Heteropale, gen. nov.’ Preoral lobe not distinct externally from peristomium. Palpi present. Eyes four, tetragonal in arrangement. Tentacle unjointed, about equal to antenne. Antenne two, each composed of a long basal piece and a small terminal segment. Dorsal peristomial cirri two, similar to antenne. No 1From etepos, varied, and 7aA7, palea. ZOOL.—VOL. I.] JOHNSON—PACIFIC COAST ANNELIDS. 163 ventral peristomial cirri. Parapodia biramous. Dorsal ramus with two kinds of paleze: (1) a group of small, narrow ones projecting laterally (figs. 21, 22a); and (2) a crown of broad, oblanceolate ones on the dorsum. Aciculz two. Dorsal cirri present on all somites, three to many-jointed, proximal joint much the largest. Ventral cirri very short, inserted above the level of low- est ventral setae. Heteropale bellis, sp. nov. PLATE VI, Fics. 20-23. Body elongate-elliptical, slightly and about equally tapered at each end, its length less than six times its width. Prostomium rounded, coalesced with first somite. Eyes four, forming a square on top of head; the anterior pair considerably larger, crescent- shaped. Median cirrus or ‘‘tentacle’’ unjointed, up-curved in a hook-like fashion, in length equal to the antenne. Two globular palpi, somewhat constricted at base. Antennz two, two- jointed; tentacular cirri two, three-jointed, about equal to the antennz, short and stumpy, the proximal joint about equal to the two terminal ones. Dorsal cirri present on all the somites, increasing in length and number of joints caudal until in the ultimate segments they reach nearly to the tips of the setee. In the anterior somites they do not reach the tip of the neuropo- dium and have only three joints. Ventral cirri likewise increase in length and number of joints caudal, but in less degree. First pair of parapodia directed forward, armed with a small fascicle of setee and three or four paleee. No obvious dorsal ramus. Succeeding para- podia with a two-parted dorsal ramus. Its lateral division, nearly as long as the ventral ramus, carries three or four palez much narrower, smaller, and straighter than the rest; these point laterally in line with the ventral rami (fig. 21). The acicula extends into this division. Dorsal portion of notopodium with a semicircle of palez, thirteen or fourteen in number, the largest external, and diminishing towards the median line. Oblanceolate, acuminate; tip di- rected obliquely, mediad or laterad (fig. 22); convex border of palea and seven or eight of its ribs elegantly adorned with minute, rounded embossments. Other ornamentation in form of longitudinal ribs and fine transverse stria- tions. The palez of each somite overlap those of the succeeding somite, and over- or underlap the tips of their fellows on the foot of the opposite side. Somites, 27 to 39. Terminal somite destitute of paleze and sete, but with two anal cirri. Measurements.—Length of small specimen, 2.75 mm.; greatest transverse diameter of same, .44 mm. Two specimens found among tunicates, sea-weeds, and débris on the piles of the wharf at Monterey, December 23, 1896. ; Not without reluctance I have made this beautiful little Annelid the type of a new genus. It differs strikingly from all 164 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. [PRoc. 3D SER. known Palmyrids in the heterogeneous character of its paleze, and in the possession of only one tentacular cirrus (the dorsal) on each side. Minor points of difference from Chrysopetalum are the multi-segmented, almost moniliform character of the cirri, and the unusual position of the ven- tral cirrus (fig. 21). The ventral sete are very similar to those of C. occzdentale (cf. figs. 19a, 6, and 23a, 6.) The golden luster which is so beautiful a feature of the palez in most Palmyrids is not conspicuous in this species. Family IV. POLYNOIDZ. At least twelve representatives of this large family have been obtained from our western coast, between Bering Straits and the Mexican boundary line. Ten species have been collected by me and are here described. The remaining two, Polynoé vittata and P. tuta, were described by Grube’ in 1855 from material obtained at Sitka. I have not seen his descriptions. Halosydna insignis and A. grubez described by Baird in 1863’ and again in 1865° from specimens collected by J. K. Lord at Esquimalt, Vancouver Island, are merely varieties of one species and identi- cal with Halosydna brevisetosa, described by Kinberg* eight years previously. Harmothoé unzcolor, described by Baird from the same locality as the two preceding, is probably a variety of AZ. zmbricata. The classification of the Polynoids is in a most unsatis- factory state, and much in need of thorough revision. The great multiplication of genera, nearly all of them founded upon variable, non-essential, or even accidental characters, and none of them clearly and fully defined, has been a serious drawback to the study of these inter- esting forms. Hence the more conservative students of the group, recognizing the instability of the numerous genera 1Beschreibung neuer oder wenig gekaunter Anneliden. Arch, fiir Naturgesch., Bd. XXXI, 1855, p. I. 21. ¢., p. 106, 107. 31.c., p. 188, 189. 41.c., p. 385. ZOOL.—VOL. I.] JOHNSON—PACIFIC COAST ANNELIDS. 165 founded by Kinberg, Malmgren, M’Intosh, and others, have been content to place all new Polynoids under the type genus, Po/ynoé. This prudent course I have been strongly inclined to follow, fully realizing the rashness of attempting to revise a classification without access to the amplest material. But after a careful study of the few species at my command, and of the best part of the Annelid literature, I have become strongly convinced of the prac- ticability of ranging nearly all the known Polynoids under two genera. Following are diagnoses of these genera. I would have it clearly understood, however, that I do not consider this anything more than a provisional at- tempt to improve and make manageable a classification which is a positive hindrance to the study of this group. Polynoé Savigny (Sens. ext. ). Prostomium bilobed, the anterior tips of the lobes produced to form basal joints of the antennz, which are on the same level as the basal joint of the tentacle. Dorsal rami of the parapodia decidedly smaller than the ventral, often minute, bearing setee more slender than the ventral setze, sometimes very minute, few, or even wanting. Ventral ramus much the larger and longer, bearing a moderate number of sete, which are stouter and usually longer than those of dorsal ramus. The dorsal and ventral rami not pro- longed in a finger-like process beyond the insertion of the setee. Elytra from 12 to Over 50 pairs. Body sometimes excessively long; somites 27 to 100 or more. In this genus I include Lepzdonotus Leach, Polynoé Savigny, and Halosydna Kinberg. Harmothoé Avnberg (Sens. ext. ). Prostomium bilobed, prolonged in front in two acuminate or rounded peaks. Antennze inserted below level of tentacle. Both rami of parapodia prolonged in a finger-like process beyond the insertion of the sete. Dorsal setze as large or larger than the ventral setee, never extremely short, often longer than the ventral. Both dorsal and ventral setze serrated for more than half their exposed length. Body never excessively long; somites not exceed- ing forty; elytra, twelve to fifteen pairs. Under this genus I would place the following: My observa- tions lead to an opposite conclusion. Both monoglyphic and diglyphic polyps reproduce by fission; and both may result from fission (figs. 3-7). Further, a bud from the cesophageal region may possess either one or two siphono- glyphs. One bud produced upon the foot disk had, at the time of liberation, but one siphonoglyph. Again, as has already been mentioned, two buds were found to have arisen independently from a single basal fragment: the one is monoglyphic, the other diglyphic. There can be little doubt, then, that the monoglyphic and diglyphic types are not of the value of varieties; such variation is not correlated with the process of asexual reproduction. VI. SUMMARY. Monogenesis is a well established process in Metridium fimbriatum,; longitudinal fission, laceration, and budding from cesophageal and foot regions occur. Monogenous individuals may be sexually mature. 358 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. [Proc. 3p SER. The plane of division tends to pass through at least one siphonoglyph. There is no apparent relation between the process of division and the number and position of the mesenteries. Laceration may be due to unfavorable environmental con- ditions. It may occur in dividing polyps. Buds arise from the cesophageal and foot regions. An cesophageal bud may occupy any position relatively to the siphonoglyph of the parent, and its siphonoglyph may be independent of that of the parent. Both budding and fission may occur in the same colony. Variation in the number of siphonoglyphs is not corre- lated with asexual reproduction. The monoglyphic and diglyphic types are not of the value of varieties. That identical structures arise from quite different sources by different processes is significant. It is hoped in a future paper to extend these observations and add others on the origin and histogenesis of the bud, rate of fission and bud formation, relation of budding to fission, etc. This investigation was undertaken at the suggestion of Professor W: E. Ritter, to whom I am further indebted for many helpful counsels. ZOOLOGICAL LABORATORY, UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, BERKELEY, CALIFORNIA, July 1, 1898. Zoou.—VoL. I.}] TORRE Y—MONOGENES/S IN METRIDIUM. 359 1865. 1882. 1884. 1888. 1775: 1777- 1858. 1889. 1897. 1897. 1872. 1859. 1868. BIBLIOGRAPHY. AGassiz, E. C. AND A. Seaside Studies in Natural History, p. 7. Awnpres, A. Intorno alla Scissiparita della Attinie. J/7/th. St. Neap., Bd. ITI. — Le Attinie. Fauna und Flora des Golfes von Neapel., Bd IX. BLOCHMANN AND HitGer. Ueber Gonactinia prolifera Sars, eine durch Quertheilung sich vermehrende Actinie. J/orph. Jahrb., Bd. XIII, p. 385. DicQuEMARE, J. F. A second Essay on the Natural History of Sea Anemones. Phil. Trans., Vol. LXV. A Third Essay on the Natural History of Sea Anemones. Phil. Tvans., Vol. UXVII. McCrapy, J. Instance of Incomplete Longitudinal Fission in Actinia cavernosa. Proc. Elliot Soc. S. C., Vol. I, p. 275. McMuraricu, J.-P. The Actiniaria of the Bahama Islands. Journ. of Morph., Vol. II, p. t. —Contributions on the Morphology of the Actinozoa.—IV. “On Some Irregularities in the Number of Directive Mesenteries in Hexactiniz. Zool. Bull., Vol. 1, No. 3, p. 115. PARKER, G. H. Mesenteries and Siphonoglyphs in Metridium mar- ginatum M. Ed. Bull. Harv. Mus., Vol. XXX, No. 5- SEMPER, C. Ueber Generationswechsel bei den Steincorallen. Zez/. Ff. Wiss. Zool., Bd. XXII, p. 235. Mrs. THYNNE. On the Increase of Madrepores. dun. G Mag. Nat. Hist., 34 Ser., Vol. III, p. 449. VERRILL, A. E. Notes on Radiata in the Museum at Yale College.— No. 6. Review of the Corals and Polyps of the West Coast of America. Zyrans. Conn, Ac., Vol. I, p. 377- 360 Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. [PRoc. 3D SER. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XxXI. . I. Cross section through the cesophageal region of a polyp in process of approximately equal division. , YD’, directives. Single case of transverse division of the mouth; surface view. iS} g. 3. Three sections through the cesophageal region of a dividing polyp, to show the oral-aboral longitudinal division of the siphon- oglyph. . 4. Two sections through the cesophageal region of a diglyphic polyp, the plane of division passing through one siphonoglyph. Similar to fig. 4; division of the cesophagus completed. Probably a diglyphic polyp originally, the plane of division having passed through both siphonoglyphs. on Cl . 7. A colony of three individuals, sectioned through the cesophageal region of each individual. 8. Section through the cesophageal region of a dividing diglyphic polyp. g. 9. Oral surface-view of the angle between two polyps—A and 4— formed by division; the lines indicate the bases of the mesen- teries seen through the transparent wall. to. A typical bud. toa, cross section of the parent above the bud (indicated at 4); 106, cross section of the bud; toc, indicates diagrammatically the relation of the bud to the parent; both seen in profile. tr. Diglyphic polyp with bud. t11@ shows cross sections of the parent and bud. JD, D’, directives of the parent; d, d@’, directives of the bud; c, pair of complete mesenteries derived from an incom- plete pair just above it in the parent. 116, looking through the mouth of the bud from within the cesophagus of the parent; s, s, siphonoglyph of parent; 7, ridge dividing siphonoglyph s trans- versely into two portions; ¢, ¢, edges of a cut across the cesoph- agus of the parent to the mouth of the bud. i 12. Colony of four individuals. 12a, 4, parent; B, bud on A; C, VD, individuals formed by division of a second bud on 4; 124, cross section of A, at the level of ay; 12c, cross section of C, D; cor- responding numbers indicate corresponding mesenteries in these two sections. Wye ai KH PROCEREDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. THIRD SERIES. ZOoLoGcy. Woe I, IN@s sits The Osteological Characters of the Genus Sebastolobus. BY Epwin CHAPIN STARKS, Biological Survey, Washington, D. C. With THREE PLATES. Issued December 22, 1898. SAN FRANCISCO: PUBLISHED BY THE ACADEMY. 1895. THE OSTEOLOGICAL CHARACTERS OF THE GENUS SEBASTOLOBUS. BY EDWIN CHAPIN STARKS. Biological Survey, Washington. D. C. CONTENTS. PAGE. PLATES XXII-XXIV. LUSUYGIDUCIICNioogo-cegnuo dese oonennNSeodod badeaDaesaoon Beene ameaeo 361 PVA) ES GRIPE sayaysioy) srore ce sole Seta vee eas koe aera eis eevee a Ee ee oa 362 Ile.) AU 28S: SIO e Boo sooanend babanedosomoenbeneddcooddd 362 II. SuspENsoRIUM, MANDIBLE, AND OPERCULAR Ap- PARATU Spree sve cthetetrereeatheriststtiscisicter ele ora aan 363 Ti RSHOULDER-GIRD EEE Ree EEC TEL rae ecrticner errr 364 IW, WABINAIYNL, (COMUIMING ocececdesun bonGo9o enegco pCOK 365 V. ANAL AND DorsAL INTERSPINOUS RAYS.......... 366 WIL) JahYOhD) ANDO NINGHOS ot00 coco paonboooEd gacDeUsGoDKNE 366 WAN BRANCHIAL AR CHESS eerie netic reieeriscriniecr 366 VU ORBITALSEANDPNASALS EET ent rr riceiecrr encore 367 13}; (COMMONYNINNYISS Hoo ko b000 0 edo neCo.0000 caop Hebb. Chou dooUgubebdoooDCD 367 SIGNIFICANCE OF REFERENCE LETTERS...........-.2--2-+ ceseee cess 370 IN THIS paper the more important skeletal structures of the genus Sebastolobus are described somewhat in detail. This fullness in description is justified by the fact that the osteology of this genus has not hitherto been worked out and that its place among related genera has been determined chiefly from an examination of external characters. The first part of the present paper is wholly descriptive in character, while in the second part an attempt has been made to point out the resemblances of this genus to the other members of the Scorpenide and other families of mail-cheeked fishes. The species whose skeleton has been taken for study is Sebastolobus alascanus Bean. The specimen was about 9 inches long. The plates illustrating this article are from drawings by Chloe Lesley Starks. [361] Dec. 20, 1898. 362 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. [PROC. 3D SER. A. DESCRIPTIVE. ].—THE SKULL. PLATE XXII, Fics 1-3. The bastoccipital (bo.) forms the entire centrum of the condyle for the attachment of the vertebra. The suture separating it from the exoccipital runs longitudinally directly through the middle of the auditory capsule until it reaches a transverse suture at right angles to it, separating the basi- occipital and exoccipital from the prootic. The exoccipitals (e0.) alone border the foramen magnum, meeting slightly above it. Below it, a little within the mouth of the foramen between their articular facets, above the basioccipital, they meet as a bridge of bone. The supraoccipital (so.) is interposed posteriorly between the exoccipitals, separating them except at their posterior upper corners. It extends anteriorly to the frontals, but is so covered by the parietals that only a small portion of it is visible. The parvetals (p.) extend laterally over the supraoccipital and meet in an irregular suture. Posteriorly they overlie and cover the upper portion of the epiotics. Each bears two large spines, the posterior of which is pierced at its base by a large transverse foramen. The epiotic (epo.) is a pyramidal bone with a rather large articular surface for the articulation of the superior limb of the post-temporal which is strongly wedged in between it and the overhanging parietal. The pterotic (pto.) forms the usual posterolateral wing of the skull. It bears a large spine on its upper surface, and to its under side is attached the posterior part of the head of the hyomandibular. The opisthotic (opo.) is a scale-like bone overlying the suture between the pterotic and exoccipital on the lower aspect of the skull. The inferior limb of the post-temporal is attached to it. Zoou.—Vot. I.] STARKS—SEBASTOLOBUS. 363 The myodome, or chamber for the insertion of the rectus muscles of the eye, is partitioned off from the brain cavity by shelves of bone developed from the inner surfaces of the proétics, which meet medially and form the base of the brain cavity (aszs craniz). The partition is continuous with the basioccipital, which is concave along its lower surface, leaving a tube between it and the parasphenoid. It opens to the exterior as a very small pore in a notch in the end of the parasphenoid. The basisphenord (bs.) articulates to the roof of the myo- dome by two lateral limbs, leaving a small space behind it. It extends forward and downward nearly to the para- sphenoid as a thin paddle-shaped bone. The parasphenoid (pas.) sends a brace upward from each side along the anterior edge of the prodtic. It runs back as a splint-like bone nearly to the posterior end of the basi- occipital. The frontals (fr.) are tunnelled longitudinally for their whole length by large sensory canals.* They bear three pairs of spines on their lateral edges. Lying laterally to the frontals and the ethmoid is the pre- frontal (pf-), whose upper end projects upward asa spine. In the sphenotic (spo.) is a continuation of the orbital sensory canal. On the lower surface is sunk a socket for the insertion of a projecting limb from the anterior part of the head of the hyomandibular. The prootic (pro.), alisphenoid (als.), ethmord (e.), and vomer (v.) are sufficiently shown in the drawings and need no description. I].—SuspENsoRIUuM, MANDIBLE, AND OPERCULAR APPARATUS. PLatTe XXII, Fic. 4. The hyomandibular (hm.) articulates with the sphenotic by a rounded process from its upper anterior edge, behind *Prof. C. W. Greene of Stanford University has protested to me against the use of the term ‘‘mucous canal.’’ He has proved in many instances that, though they may be filled with mucous, their function is essentially that of sensory canals and they should be so called. 364 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. [Proc. 3D SER. which its flat upper edge fits in a slight groove in the ffero- tic. Its lower end meets the long slender symplectic (sy.) which is ankylosed to the inner surface of the guadrate (q.). It ends anteriorly just behind the prominent articular pro- cess for the lower jaw. The metapterygoid (mpt.) sends a flat, delicate lamina of bone from its inner surface upward to an anterior angle of the hyomandibular. The pterygoid (pt.) is small, but a comparatively large palatine (pa.) makes up the otherwise deficiency in the length of the process formed by these two bones. Above them the large, thin mesopterygotd (msft.) articulates. On the posterior lower corner of the articular (ar.) the angular (an.) is developed as a triangular bone. The lower edge only of the articular is articulated to the dentary (d.), leaving a space between its upper edge and the superior backward projection of the dentary. The preoperculum (pop.) at its upper end is sunk in a large groove in the hyomandibular. It is hollowed out by a sensory canal which is bridged over only at each of the five spines that are so characteristic on this bone in the Scorpenide. The operculum (op.) is strengthened by two slight, radia- ting ridges, which end in flat spines posteriorly. Underly- ing its lower edge and turning up around its anterior edge for a short distance is the long, narrow swboperculum (sop.), which is only slightly ossified. The cnteroperculum (zop.) meets, but does not lap over, the suboperculum. II].—SHouLpER GIRDLE. PLATE XXIII, Fics. 5 AND 6. The hypercoracotd (hyc.) is pierced by a very large fora- men, above which its outer surface lies flat against, and is firmly articulated to, the clavicle (c/.). The actinosts (a.) are rather large and hour-glass-shaped. Two and a half of them are articulated to the hypercoracoid, Zoou.—Vot. 1.] STARKS—SEBASTOLOBUS. 365 and one and a half to the Aypocoracozd (hypc.). About three of the upper rays of the pectoral articulate directly with the edge of the hypercoracoid. The postclavicle (pcl.) is in two parts. The superior part is thin and laminate, the inferior ray-like. The post-temporal (pot.) is widely forked. Through its base is a longitudinal sensory canal continuous with a simi- lar one through a dermal bone between it and the skull. It bears a backward-projecting spine posteriorly. IV.—VERTEBRAL COLUMN. PLATE XXIII, Fic. 9; PLATE XXIV, Fie. 13. Vertebral formula, 11+ 17-+ Hypural=29. The neural spine of the atlas is not coéssified with the centrum. Its forks, where they meet the centrum, approach each other around the lower side of the neural canal and fit into slight sockets. The first two neural spines point more nearly forward than do the rest, leaving a space between them and the third into which the first two interneurals fit. The first two ribs articulate with the base of the neural spines of the first two vertebra. The succeeding ones ar- ticulate gradually lower down, directly with the vertebre, without the intervention of transverse processes, until at the sixth vertebra there is the first small transverse process at its lower side. The first two ribs do not bear efzplewrals (epp.); only the succeeding four have them. The remaining epipleurals join the large transverse processes with the ribs. The transverse processes, except the first or rudimentary pair, point straight down. The opposing processes are ankylosed for nearly their whole length. There is a hemal arch left at their bases similar to that of the hamal spines and their points are separate. The hypural (h.) is assisted in bearing the caudal fin by the hzmal spine of the preceding vertebra, by four or five 366 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. [PRoc. 3D SER. loose accessory spines taking the place of the neural spine of that vertebra, and very slightly, by the hzmal and neural spines of the second preceding vertebra. V.—AnNat AND Dorsat INTERSPINOUS Rays. PLATE XXIII, Fic. 10; PLATE XXIV, Fic. 11. The first zzterhemal spine (zhs.) of the anal fin is very large and, in cross-section, trilobate. It probably repre- sents the ankylosed first two interhemals, since to it are ar- ticulated the first two anal spines. The succeeding inter- hzmals are very small and weak. The same condition is found in the first zzterneural spine (zus.), as it bears the first two dorsal spines. It is broad and triangular in outline, and the indications that it is the ankylosed first two elements are move evident. VI.—Hyoip APPARATUS. PLATE XXIII, Fic. 8. This arch is very typical and nothing need be mentioned except the dranchzostegal rays (brr.). They are seven in number, five of them being articulated to the ceratohyol (chy.) and two to the epzhyol (ephy.). The heads of the first three are not enlarged and are articulated to the lower edge of the ceratohyol, slightly more to the inner than to the outer side of that bone. The other four rays have enlarged flattened heads which lie flat against the outer side of the cerato- and epihyols. VII.—BrRaANcCHIAL ARCHES. PLATE XXIV, Fic. 15. Two ossified and one cartilaginous daszbranchials (bbr.) are present. The first is a short one to which the yfo- branchials (hbr.) of the first arch articulate. The second is long and its anterior end is notched to receive the hypo- Zoou.—Vot. 1.] STARKS—SEBASTOLOBUS. 367 branchials of the second arch. The hypobranchials of the third arch are quadrangular in shape and their inner anterior corners touch each other. Their anterior sides lie against the posterior end of the long basibranchial of the second arch. Between their inner edges is interposed a triangular cartilaginous basibranchial, to which the ceratobranchials (cby.) of the fourth arch articulate, the hypobranchials of that arch being absent. The first arch bears a styliform, toothless pharyngobranchial (phbr.) for the attachment of the arches to the base of the skull. Each of the other three arches bears a toothed pharyngobranchial, that of the third arch being the largest. The inferior pharyngeals (7ph.) meet at their inner edges but are not codssified. VIII.—Orpirats anp NASALs. PLATE XXIV, Fic. 12; Plate XXII, Fie. 1. The preorbital (por.) and two suborbztals (sor.) are joined together by sutures and form the spinous ridge along the cheek to the preopercle. They appear as a single bone. For their whole length they are hollowed out by a sensory canal, which is bridged over only at long intervals. The pos- terior half of the second suborbital forms the suborbital stay. At about the middle of its upper edge the small chain of suborbitals extends up to the sphenotic. They ap- pear to be irregular in number, as on the left side there are four and on the right only three. The nasals (na.) are rather firmly articulated to the ethmoid. They bear spines and are pierced by foramina anteriorly. B. COMPARATIVE. The skeletons of Sebastodes flavidus, Scorpena guttata, and Sebastes marinus,and the skulls for special points of Sebastodes mystinus, Sebastodes carnatus, and Sebastodes 368 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. [Proc. 3D SER. nebulosus have been examined and compared with Sebasto- lobus. These as a group (Scorpenide) were compared with the Hexagrammide. From the Cottidz these two families are well separated osteologically, as pointed out by Dr. Gill.* The differences which that author found between the Hexagrammidz and the Scorpznidz, causing him to place the former family closer to the Cottide, were confirmed with these specimens, with the exception of the difference which he noted in the basisphenoid. This element was found with a well developed ‘‘descending process’’ in Sebastolobus, in Scorpena, and in several examples of Sebastodes. In Sebastes it was as he describes it, but the process being so very fragile, with such a small peduncle it might easily have been broken off, leaving only the ‘< tri- angular element’’ with no trace of any descending process. The species of Hexagrammidze examined were Hlexa- grammos decagrammus and Zantiolepis latipinnis. The skulls of the four genera of Scorpznide examined are strikingly similar in their characters. The species of the genus Sebastodes vary nearly as much among themselves as do these genera. - The variation of the parietals in their relation to each other in Seéastodes has been several times pointed out by different authors in attempts to divide the genus. In Sedas- tolobus alascanus and Scorpena guttata they meet over the supraoccipital. In Sedastes marinus they do not. A difference in Sebastolobus was thought to have been found in the lack of any posterior opening to the myodome. A careful search with a lens and bristle, however, revealed an exceedingly small one. In the other three genera this opening is well developed. The nodule on the front of the prefrontal for the articu- lation of the palatine, which is so well developed in Sedas- todes and Sebastes, appears to be absent in Sebastolobus and but slightly developed in Scorpena. *On the classification of the Mail-cheeked Fishes, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1888. Zoou.—VOL. I.] STARKS—SEBASTOLOBUS. 369 The parietals of Sebastes and Sebastodes do not so ovelie the epiotic that the superior fork of the post-temporal is wedged in between them, as is the condition in Sebastolobus and Scorpena. COMPARATIVE VERTEBRAL FORMULA. Trunk ce) Bra Hypural | SPECIES. Wire Tail Ver. | Ver. | Total. SANGHA [ZAK s0 Gee 6 oons0be 9 14 I | 24 | Sebastodes flavidus........... II | 14 i | 26 | Sebastolobus alascanus.... .... II | D7 I | Be) Sebastes Marinus. .... 2... 2... a2) | 17 I | 30 The transverse processes are not developed very far for- ward in any of the group. In Sebastolobus the first rudi- mentary one is on the sixth vertebra; on the seventh in Sebastes; on the fifth in Sedastodes; and in Scorpena, which has the fewest abdominal vertebrz of the four, it is on the sixth. In this genus there are only three well developed transverse processes. The transverse processes of Sebastolobus have been de- scribed as pointing downward and each pair being fused for nearly its whole length. This condition is shared by Scor- pena. Sebastes and Sebastodes differ from them in having the processes widely diverging, pointing outward and down- ward. There isa slight bridge of bone connecting each pair at their bases, however, so this can probably only be regarded as a difference in degree. The ankylosed condi- tion of the first two interneurals and the first two inter- hemals, as described for Sedastolobus, is the same in the other three genera. 379 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. [PRoc. 3D SER. SIGNIFICANCE OF REFERENCE LETTERS. (Drawings all on the same scale used in fig. 1.) a. — actinosts. m. — maxillary. als. — alisphenoid. | mpt. — metapterygoid. an. — angular. | mspt.— mesopterygoid. ar. — articular. | na. — nasal. as. — anal spines. | Op. — operculum. bbr. — basibranchials. opo. — opisthotic. bo. — basioccipital. Pp. — Parietal. brr. — branchiostegal rays. | pa. — palatine. bs. — basisphenoid. | pas. — parasphenoid. cbr. — ceratobranchials. pel. — postclavicle. chy. — ceratohyal. pf. — prefrontal. el. — clavicle. g. — pelvic girdle. d. — dentary. phbr. — pharyngo-branchials. ds. — dorsal spines. pm. — premaxillary. e. — ethmoid. pop. — preoperculum. ebr. — epibranchials. por. — preorbital. eo. — exoccipital. pot. — post-temporal. ephy.— epihyal. pro. — prodtic. epo. — epiotic. pto. — pterotic. epp. — epipleural. pt- — pterygoid. fr. — frontal. q- — quadrate. ghy. — glossohyal. i — ribs. h. — hypural. | scl. — supraclavicle. hbr. — hypobranchials. so. — supraoccipital. hhy. — hypohyal. sop. — suboperculum. hm. — hyomandibular. sor. — suborbital. hyc. — hypercoracoid. | spo. — sphenotic. hype. — hypocoracoid. | sy. — symplectic. ihs. — interhzemal spines. uhy. — urohyal. ihy. — interhyal. v. — vomer. ins. — interneural spines. ve. — vertebre. iop. — interoperculum. vf. — ventral fin. iph. — inferior pharyngeals. Paoe farAcen Ser.3* Ser. ZoonVanl. [SrapKs | PLATE XX. 5S aor aa GLEDEL LEE ERITTON SREY, 5 SBRASTOLOBUS. 3h an Proc. CaAcan Scr 3>Ser Zooc Vat. [SranKs| LATE XXUT. GLE DEL LDWARIFTON SREY, 5 E. SEBASTOLOBUS. Proc CanAcan Scr.3°Ser Zoor Vol. [SrpKs] Flare XXIV LUYGRITTON & FEY, SF, SEBASTOLOBUS. PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. THIRD SERIES. ZOOLOGY. Wow Jy ING. m2. Odonata from Tepic, Mexico, with Sup- plementary Notes on those of Baja California. BY Puitie P. CaLvert, Pu. D., Instructor tn Zoology, Untuerstty of Pennsylvania. WitH ONE PLATE. Issued May 22, 1899. SAN FRANCISCO: PUBLISHED BY THE ACADEMY. 1899. ODONATA FROM TEPIC, MEXICO, WITH SUP- PLEMENTARY NOTES ON THOSE OF BAJA CALIFORNIA. BY PHILIP P. CALVERT, PH.D., Instructor tn Zoology, University of Pennsylvania. PLATE XXV. PAGE. CONTENTS. INDRODUGLION Mactan elena aol eitelcteretlciistee elaleteroictace 371 Part I. ODONATA FROM TEPIC, MEXICO...........--2220--02 eee 372 Part II. SupPLEMENTARY NOTES ON THE ODONATA OF BAJA CAL- TRORNTA (isa petagedovassbie oielarevs ececsielsssye eke tosiececc ushers sustsienaiete 408 Part III. Nores ON SOME OF THE INTERNAL ORGANS............- 4Io IOSD Pb aGoad codaDeaduocoos.oSdone Go0U voou0bsbou bonn Gao 417 EXPEAN ATION IORSEUA TES REECE OEE eCrererienrcie 418 INTRODUCTION. A REPORT on the Odonata of Baja California, collected by the various expeditions of the Academy, was published by the author in a former paper.’ With the last installment of material from that region was also sent a collection from the West Mexican coast, made by Dr. Gustav Eisen and (the late) Mr. Frank H. Vaslit, in October and November, 1894. It consists of 526 specimens (294 males, 232 females) representing 42 species and varieties. Of these, five spe- cies are new—Argia Harknesst, Brechmorhoga postlobata, Macrothemis tnacuta, Trithemis Montezuma and Anatya normalis + two species, Argza pulla and 4schna macromia, have not previously been known north of South America, Anax amaztli not farther north than Guatemala, and Lestes tenuatus from no other localities than the Antilles. The insects were placed in alcohol and as their colors were thus Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 2nd Ser., Vol. IV, 1893-94, pp. 463-558, Pls. XV-XVII. {371 ] May 6, 1899. 372 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. [PRoc. 3D SER. beautifully preserved, as remarked in the paper on the Baja Californian Odonata, I have redescribed a number of spe- cies which seemed insufficiently known. As to the localities from which they were brought, Dr. Eisen wrote, ‘‘The specimens from Tepic are mostly from an altitude of 3400 feet. I succeeded in getting specimens of all the different species of dragonflies which I saw.”’ Much praise is due to Dr. Eisen and Mr. Vaslit for the results of their efforts. The considerable interval which has elapsed since the Tepic collection was sent to me for study is mainly due to absence in Europe, which, however, gave me the opportu- nity to compare some of the specimens with those in the principal museums, and of making some additions and cor- rections to the paper on the Odonata of Baja California, which, so far as they do not also concern the species from Tepic, forms Part II of the present article. Dr. Eisen’s “‘Explorations in the Cape Region of Baja California in 1894, With References to Former Expeditions of the Cali- fornia Academy of Sciences’?! gives much information respecting localities which I did not possess when writing. From his maps it appears that the San Raymundo at which Mr. Haines collected some Odonata? is located at 26+° N., 112+° W., and San Ignacio at 27+° N., 113+° W. Lastly, I have given some results of examinations of the internal organs of various species in Part III. I. OpvonatTa FRoM Tepic, Mexico. Subfamily CALOPTERYGIN/. 1. Heterina americana Fadriczus. Agrion americana Fasr., Ent. Syst. Suppl., 1798, p. 287. Heterina americana SELys, Monog. Calopt., p. 131, Pl. XII, fig. 3, 1854; HaGEn, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. XVIII, 1875, p. 23; KirBy, Cat. Odon., 1890, p. 106; CALVERT, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., Vol. XX, 1893, p. 228. 1 Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 2nd Ser., Vol. V, 1895, pp. 733-775, 4 maps. 2 Former paper l.c., p. 464. Zoou.—VOL. I.] CALVERT—ODONATA. 373 Males. These have the superior appendages similar to those of specimens from Texas in the collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadel- phia, although not agreeing with Walsh’s description of the form he named Hf. texana,' since the ‘“‘large laminiform medial tooth’? does not appear bilobate. The chief differences from the typical form of americana as described in the Monographie des Calopterygines are, for the males:— The superior appendages have the distal tubercle of the inner margin (‘‘dent trés-petite et arrondie’’) more acutely pointed, but there is consider- able individual variation in this respect. The red at the base of the front wings extends along the costa one-half to two-thirds of the distance to the nodus; the outer (distal) edge of the red col- oring is convex, so that the farthest point from the base of the wing which it attains is between the median and the short sectors and slightly more than three-fourths the distance from the base of the wing to the nodus, while it attains the hind margin of the wing at about the same level as its point of separation from the costal margin. The color at the base of the hind wings is also red, but with an admixture of brown, especially near the anterior margin of the wing; it extends along the costa from the base to almost three-fourths the distance to the nodus, the outer (distal) edge is nearly straight and extends backward and some- what inward (mesad) from the costa to within one cell of the hind margin of the wing, where it turns basalward and gradually approaches the hind mar- gin of the wing, reaching it in from six to eight cells, or at about the level of the distal end of the quadrilateral. The pterostigma varies from light brown to black. The yellow humeral and first lateral thoracic stripes are interrupted or may almost entirely disappear. The metallic coloring, especially on the thorax, tends to purplish, but this may be the effect of the alcohol in which the specimens were preserved. Female. In the females the extent of the brownish yellow coloring at the base of the wings is difficult to define, owing to its gradually fading into yellow, the pterostigma is always yellow, the humeral and first lateral tho- racic stripes are never interrupted, the mid-dorsal carina is never yellow, the metallic color in the majority of individuals is green. Dimensions: Abdomen, ¢ 32-34 mm., 2 28-30 mm.; hind wing, ¢ 24-25.5 mm., 2 25-26 mm. 206 189 Tepic, Oct., 1894, Eisen and Vaslit. IBS Ae 66 IN@Wop HOH, 6 60 a6 3¢ 102 No locality or date. 456 32¢ 1 Proc. Ent. Soc, Phila., Vol. II, 1863, p. 227. 374 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. [Proc. 3D SER. Subfamily AGRIONINZ. 2. Archilestes grandis Rambur. Lestes grandis RamB., Ins. Nevr., 1842, p. 244. Archilestes grandis CALVERT, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 2nd Ser., Vol. IV, 1893-94, p- 475, Pl. XV, figs. 10 and 11. The male taken in November has the terminus of the dilated part of the middle of the superior appendages a well- defined tooth. 26 1? Tepic, Oct., 1894, Eisen and Vaslit. 16 1g sca uN Vas TOO4 aan aes o6 34 2° Since the publication of my report on the Baja Califor- nian Odonata cited above, Mr. McLachlan has published! the description of another Archzlestes, A. californica, based on one adult male from ‘‘California’’ by Henry Edwards. This has led to some correspondence between us on the question of the relationship of the Baja Californian speci- mens, which I referred to grandis, and californica. Hav- ing sent a pair of the former to Mr. McLachlan, he has compared them with his type and also with his series of grandis. By his kind permission I present his results here: “Your letter * * *“ has induced me to look into my long series of grandis from Texas, interior of Mainland of Mexico, Costa Rica, and Vene- zuela. I take first your Baja Californian examples. There can, I think, be no doubt that these form a local race of grandis. I find great variability in the latter, and the Venezuelan examples in my collection seem worthy of a racial name. In these the thorax is almost wholly bronzy black, there being only the sutural indications of a pale humeral line, and two very narrow, yel- low, lateral lines, the dark color practically invading the whole. “With regard to my type of 4. californica, I think I must regard it also as arace of grandis. But unless it be an exceedingly teneral individual it is a race of a very marked character. As an argument against its being teneral there is the fact that pruinosity has distinctly commenced. The ground-color of the insect is distinctly pale brown, ochreous brown or grayish brown (not yellow), and the entire abdomen may be said to be pale brown (darker after the sixth segment). With respect to the appendages ( ¢ ), the inferiors strike me as J/unter than in typical examples [of grandis], but this is not trust- worthy from a single specimen. That the color largely influenced me in 1 Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 6th Ser., Vol. XVI, 1895, p. 20. ZooL.—VOL. I.] CALVERT—ODONATA. 375 considering it a distinct species is undoubted ; I think the point of departure of the nodal sector is very variable in grandis, some Venezuelan specimens on this character only would almost fall into Lestes (restricted). “To sum up on the point that intimately concerns you. I am strongly of opinion that unless my example be very teneral (and I don’t think it is ten- eral) it cannot be of the same race as your Baja Californian examples, and I don’t think it would be advisable to unite the latter therewith unless with a strong mark of doubt, pending possibility of obtaining more materials for the true californica. It is unfortunate there is no special locality for this latter, but I don’t think H. Edwards collected beyond the limits of the State of California (I mean southward). “‘T might put the color matter more concisely, taking my original descrip- tion in conjunction with your nomenclature. The only blackish color is as follows: The two cuneate spots on top of head ; the prothorax in part ; the two broad antehumeral bands, one on each side, which are very sharply cir- cumscribed and scarcely reach the edge of the thorax at either end; the isolated mesepimeral spot. All the rest of the thorax and abdomen is pale brown, and whether the individual be teneral or not, I think it is beyond the bounds of possibility that any further development of bronzy or blackish color could take place. Therefore the differences between it and your Baja Cali- fornian examples are infinitely greater than between these latter and typical grandis.” It seems advisable to place on record here some notes on the Baja Californian specimens made subsequent to the publication of my report and based on considerably less than the whole number of individuals therein cited. The antehumeral stripe is in the males nearly two-thirds, in the females and one male one-half, as wide as the distance between the mid-dorsal and humeral sutures and its color varies from dark metallic brown, almost black, to dark metallic green. There is a mesepimeral stripe, of nearly equal width with the antehumeral stripe and of similar hue, which is followed bya yellow- ish area less bright than in more typical gvandis. The abdomen is of a very dark, almost black, color but has a metallic green reflection. Pterostigma dark brown, surmounting two and one-half to three and one-half cells. Median vein and costa externally not yellowish but blackish, like; the rest of the reticulation; 11-15 postnodals on the front wings, 11-13 on the hind. Dimensions: Abdomen, ¢ 41-45 mm., 2 36-37 mm.; hind wing, 4 30-33 mm., 9 32 mm. 1 Shortly before receiving the proof of this paper, Prof. C. V. Piper sent me a male Archilestes from Yakima, Washington, Sept., 1894. Its abdomen is 36.5 mm. long, its hind wing 28 mm. Pterostigma 3.5 mm., pale reddish brown, surmounting one long cell and parts of one or two other smaller ones. Antehumeral stripes at their middle one-half as wide as the distance from mid-dorsal carina to humeral suture, reaching from antealar sinus almost to anterior mesothoracic margin, blackish with a slight metallic green reflection. A mesepimeral spot of similar color, subequal width and about one-half as long as the antehumeral stripe; below this spot the color is yellowish, but not bright, Pruinosity has appeared on the thorax and base of the abdomen. The appendages agree with my fig. 10, Pl. XV,1.c. In other respects this male agrees with the Baja Californians described above, although its size is nearly that of A. californica. 376 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. [PRoc. 3D SER. 3. Lestes tenuatus Aambur. PLATE XXV, FIG. 3. Lestes tenuata RAms., Ins. Nevr., 1842, p. 245; SELYs in Sagra Hist. Cuba, Ins., 1857, p. 463; Bull. Acad. Belg., 2d Ser., Tome XIII, 1862, p. 315; HaAGEN, Syn. Neur. N. Am., 1861, p. 69; Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. XI, 1867, p. 289. Lestes tenuatus Kirsy, Cat. Odon., 1890, p. 162. As these are probably fresher specimens than those pre- viously available for description, the following is given: Male (young). Pale ochre-brown except where different colors are ex- pressly stated, viz.: labrum perhaps light blue in some in life; between each antenna and the adjoining eye a nearly semicircular, dark metallic green spot ; vertex blackish or dark metallic green; on either side of the thoracic dorsum a narrow, well defined green stripe extending from the anterior mesothoracic margin almost to the antealar sinus, its width slightly greater than the dis- tance separating its inner (mesal) margin from the mid-dorsal thoracic carina; a very ill defined and much paler metallic green stripe on the mese- pimeron; between these two (ante- and posthumeral) stripes, and a consider- able part of the sides of the thorax, probably pale blue in life, with the pectus and the sutures yellowish; a small dark brown spot near the anterior end of the Jatero-ventral metathoracic carina; abdominal segments yellow under- neath, 1-8 or Io with a pale metallic green reflection above, but paler, when present, on 9 and Io; a narrow, transverse, pale yellow basal ring on 3-7 or 8; an ill defined, transverse, apical fuscous band on 3-8. Superior appendages as long as 9, forcipate, yellowish at base, sometimes fuscous at tip, outer, upper edge with seven to eight acute denticles, inner, lower margin with a fairly stout basal tooth which is truncated in a straight line parallel with the outer edge of the appendage; beyond this tooth the inner margin of the appendage viewed from above is somewhat dilated and bears a row of acute, slender denticles, terminating at a constriction of the appendage about one-sixth of its length before the apex; viewed from the side the basal tooth has an obtuse conical form, the terminal third of the appendage is directed slightly downwards, the dilatation of the inner margin and subsequent constriction are not visible and the extreme apex is blunt. Inferior appendages! half as long as the superiors, reaching beyond the 1 Jn the Transactions of the Amer. Ent. Soc., Vol. XX, 1893, pp. 198, 199, I pointed out that the “inferior appendages’’ of the males of the Zygoptera and Anisoptera are not homologous, and briefly described their development, and that of the superior append- ages, from the structures of the nymph. These statements have been confirmed by the recent valuable and important researches of Heymons (Anhang Abhand. KG6nigl. preuss. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1896) from the embryological standpoint. His remarks (l.c., p. 43) suggest the inappropriateness of employing the same name for structures which (mor- phologically, although not physiologically) ‘(nichts mit einander zu thun haben.”’ (Compare figs. 3 and 5, Pl. XXV, accompanying the present paper.) I have not adopted his terms, however, since one of them at least (appendix dorsalis for the “inferior appendage’’ of Anisopterous males) is anatomically inappropriate when applied to the imago, although quite fitting in the nymph. I have continued, therefore, to use the old terms of the systematists. Perhaps it will be best to select names for these various “processes” and ‘‘appendages”’ which shall, by their etymology, indicate the segments to which they belong, rather than their positions as dorsal, lateral, superior, inferior. ZoouL.—Vot1. I.] CALVERT—ODONATA. 377 basal tooth but not as far as the denticulated dilatation; yellowish or luteous, darker at the tip; much narrower in the apical half (in that midway on the inner side there is a distinct ‘‘shoulder’’ where the narrowing begins) and curved somewhat inwards, apex blunt and rounded. Femora with two blackish stripes, one anterior, the other inferior; tibiz with a single inferior blackish stripe. Wings clear, pterostigma fusco-luteous, surmounting two cells; front wings with ten to thirteen postnodals, nodal sector arising usually between the third and fourth (between fourth and fifth in one wing of one male); hind wings with ten to eleven postnodals, nodal sector arising usually, but not always, close to the third. Female (young). Like the male in coloring. Abdominal segment to not metallic green but pale yellowish in most individuals, its hind margin with a median excision whose depth is one-fifth of the length of the segment, appendages as long as 10. Margins of the genital valves denticulated, their slender processes extending backwards as far as do the appendages of the toth segment. Dimensions: Total length, 4 46 mm., 2 42-44 mm.; abdomen, é 38 mm., G 33.5-35 mm.; hind wing, 4 23.5 mm., 9 23.5-25 mm. 56 142 Tepic, Oct., 1894, Eisen and Vaslit. 16 66 Nov., 1894, 66 66 66 66 14Q Tenuatus has hitherto been recorded only from the islands of Cuba and Martinique. Some years ago I identified a female from Bath, Jamaica, by Mrs. Swainson, sent me by Mr. ©. D. A. Cockerell. 4. Mecistogaster ornatus /tamdur. Mectstogaster ornatus Rams., Ins. Nevr., 1842, p. 288; Krirpy, Cat. Odon. 1890, p. 120. The opaque yellow spot at the tip of the wings stops infe- riorly at the ultranodal sector, the pale yellow ‘‘milky”’ spot below extends to the nodal sector. Abdomen 88-93 mm., hind wing 57.5-60 mm. De Selys’ statement for the genus Mecistogaster, ‘‘quadrilatere a cOté supérieur un quart on un tiers plus court que l’inférieur’’' holds for only the hind wings of these two males; on the front wings the upper 1 Mém. Couron., Acad. Belg., Vol. XX XVIII, 1886, p. 15. 378 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. [PRoc. 3D SER. side is but one-half (or less) as long as the lower side. Dr. Eisen writes of this species, ‘‘It lives entirely in the shadow and is very rare.”’ Six specimens (teste Dr. Eisen, I have seen but two males), Baranca Blanca, 2400 ft., near Tepic, Nov., 1894, Eisen and Vaslit. The Museum of Comparative Zoology at Cambridge, Massachusetts, contains individuals of this species from the following unrecorded localities: Polyon, Department Occi- dentale, Nicaraugua (McNeill Coll.); Isthmus of Tehuan- tepec (F. Sumichrast), Acapulco, Mexico (A. Agassiz). 5. Argia Harknessi, sp. nov. PLATE XXV, Fic. 6. : Male bluish violet with the following black markings: the posterior surface of the second antennal joint and all of the following joints; a transverse verti- cal band from eye to eye, confluent at the occiput with black covering most of the rear of the head—a pair of cuneiform, violet, postocular spots conse- quently exist; a mid-dorsal prothoracic and thoracic band, enclosing a small circular violet spot on the hind lobe of the prothorax; a humeral stripe as wide at its lower end as the mid-dorsal, narrowed at right angles in its lower fourth to half the width of the mid-dorsal, reduced to a line in its upper half— the violet which remains between the mid-dorsal band and the humeral stripe is throughout wider than the former; a line at the upper end of the obsolete first lateral thoracic suture, a complete line on the second lateral suture; a mid-dorsal and a lateral spot on abdominal segment 1; on 2 a superior longi- tudinal cuneiform stripe (the apical end the wider) and an inferior longitudi- nal stripe each side, and a transverse apical ring; 3-5 with a lateral apical stripe, pointed anteriorly, and reaching half-way to the base, uniting on the mid-dorsal line with its fellow of the opposite side in the apical third of the segment; similar stripes on 6 but occupying more than the apical half of the segment; 7 almost entirely black except for a narrow, transverse, basal, violet ring; inferior lateral longitudinal stripes on the apical part of 8 and for the whole length of 9 and 10; a narrow, transverse, basal ring and a similar apical ring on Io uniting with the lateral stripes; sterna of 3-10; femora supe- riorly, tibiz inferiorly, tarsi entirely. Tenth abdominal segment on its apical margin with a mid-dorsal, semicir- cular excision having a pale tubercle on either side and a pale median tuber- cle below. 1 Such a median tubercle is mentioned by Hagen (Syn. Neur. N. Am., p. go, 1861) for A. bipunctulata, and is to be found in many Agrionine males. It is probably homologous with aff. d., fig. 3, Pl. XXV, accompanying this paper, and with the “inferior append- age’’ of adult Anisopterous males. ZOoL.—VOL. I.] CALVERT—ODONATA. 379 Appendages blackish. Superiors a little more than half as long as 10; viewed from above, divergent, each with outer and inner sides nearly par- allel, apex bifid, branches subequal and parallel; viewed in profile, directed slightly downwards, with an inferior basal tubercle. Inferiors longer than the superiors, about as long as Io; viewed in profile they are directed upwards, upper margin nearly straight, lower somewhat concave, apex trun- cated nearly at right angles to the long axis of the body, but from the middle of the truncated margin projects a triangular process directed backwards and somewhat upwards. Wings clear. Pterostigma dark brown, surmounting one cell, outer end more oblique than the inner. Front wings with five antenodal cells, sixteen to seventeen postcubitals, nodal sector arising near the seventh or eighth, ultranodal at two to four and one-half cells more remote, upper side of quad- rilateral one-third as long as the lower side. Hind wings with four (five in one wing of one male) antenodal cells, thirteen to fourteen postcubitals, nodal sector arising near the sixth or seventh, ultra-nodal at three to five cells more remote, upper side of the quadrilateral one-half as long as the lower side. Female (apparently of the same species) differs from the male in having the violet replaced by light blue throughout; occiput and most of the rear of the head pale, the latter with an irregular black spot on each side; lateral longi- tudinal stripes on 2-6 reaching almost the entire length of the segments; 8 and 9 with a second longitudinal stripe on each side, nearer the mid-dorsal line, united at the base on 8; the transverse apical ring and the lateral stripe on to lacking; to with a triangular, mid-dorsal, apical excision, with a pale bifid tubercle below; appendages pale, shorter than to. Valvules pale, api- cal half of their ventral margins finely denticulated. Pterostigma ochreous, on the hind wings surmounting two cells. Dimensions: Total length, 4 41-43 mm., 9 40 mm.; abdomen, 4 32-34 mm., 9 31 mm.; hind wing, 4 23.5-25mm., ¢ 26mm. 16 1? Tepic, Oct., 1894, Eisen and Vaslit. 44 66 Nov., 1894, 6c 66 6é 54 IQ? The specific name is in honor of Dr. H. W. Harkness, past President of the California Academy of Sciences, to whom much of the success attending the expeditions to Baja California and to Tepic is due. Its nearest ally is probably A. zuszpida Hagen, the type of which I have studied in the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass., and from which it differs structurally and in the coloring. 380 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. [PRoc. 3D SER. 6. Argia extranea Hagen. PLATE XXV, Fic. 8. Agrion extraneum HAGEN, Syn. Neur. N. Am., 1861, p. 92; KirBy, Cat. Odon., 1890, p. 138. Mate bluish violet with the following black markings: hind surface of sec- ond antennal joint and all of the following joints, a transverse vertex band from eye to eye, and a narrower curved stripe on the rear of the head, below which stripe the color is blue rather than violet; a mid-dorsal prothoracic and thoracic band; a humeral stripe as wide at its lower end as the mid-dorsal, abruptly narrowed at a right angle in its second fourth to half this width, contracted to a mere line at its middle and becoming only slightly wider at its upper extremity—the violet between the mid-dorsal and the humeral stripes is wider than the former; a narrow stripe on the second lateral suture; some lines in the grooves on the pectus; abdominal segment 1 at base; on 2 a longitudinal band each side, wider in its apical half, bilobed at apex, inner (mesal) lobe curved towards its fellow of the opposite side, and a narrow, transverse, apical ring; 3-6 with a longitudinal band each side, reduced to a line in the middle, much wider at the apices of the segments where, on 4-6, it unites with its fellow of the opposite side; 7 almost completely black, leav- ing only a narrow, transverse, basal ring and a mid-dorsal prolongation therefrom to about one-third of the length of the segment violet; 8-10 with an inferior longitudinal stripe each side for their entire length; sterna of 3-10; femora except at base, tibize inferiorly, tarsi entirely. Tenth abdominal segment with a mid-dorsal apical cleft, tuberculated on either side. Appendages blackish. Superiors half as long as 10; viewed from above, apex wider than base and truncated in a straight line nearly at right angles to the long axis of the body; horizontal width of the apex greater than its vertical height; in profile they show an inner, apical tubercle. Inferiors nearly two and a half times as long as the superiors, a little longer than ro, extending backwards in the prolongation of the body, with the apex grad- ually tapering but not acute; viewed in profile each shows on its upper surface a median, conical, pointed tubercle just distal to the apex of the superiors, while the lower edge is concave. Wings clear. Pterostigma dark brown, surmounting more than one but less than two cells, outer end convex, inner straight. Front wings with four antenodal cells, fourteen to sixteen postcubitals, nodal sector arising at or near the seventh, ultra-nodal at two or three cells more remote. Hind wings with three antenodal cells, 12 postcubitals, nodal sector arising at or near the sixth, the ultra-nodal at three cells more remote. Dimensions: Total length 35-36 mm.; abdomen 28-29 mm.; hind wing 21.5 mm. 2 6 Tepic, Oct., 1894, Eisen and Vaslit. Zoou.—Vot. I.] CALVERT—ODONATA. 381 7. Argia fissa Selys. PLATE XXV, Fic. 11. Argia fissa SELys, Bull. Acad. Belg., 2nd Ser., Tome XX, 1865, p. 401; Kirsy, Cat. Odon., 1890, p. 138. Male pale blue with the following black markings: antenne beyond the second joint; a broken line enclosing an area corresponding to that of the postocular spots of many species; a C-shaped mark, with the convexity towards the median line, on either side of the middle prothoracic lobe, the ends of the C connected with a narrow black margin to this lobe; two dorsal spots on the hind prothoracic lobe; a mid-dorsal thoracic band; a humeral stripe, at its lower end nearly as wide as the mid-dorsal, in its lower half one- fourth to one-fifth as wide, still narrower in its upper half—the blue remaining between the mid-dorsal band and the humeral stripe is somewhat narrower than the former; a line on the second lateral thoracic suture; a small basal spot on abdominal segment 1; on 2 a longitudinal stripe, on either side, which at its apical end is bent at right angles and directed towards, but does not reach, the mid-dorsal line, and a transverse, apical ring; a triangular spot on either side of apex of 3-6, and a transverse apical ring which on 4-6 unites with these spots; a similarly united ring and pair of stripes on 7, each stripe prolonged on its side of the segment to the base; sterna of 3-10; femora superiorly, tibize inferiorly, tarsi entirely. Abdominal segment ro with a mid-dorsal, apical, quadrangular excision, as wide as deep, with a pale tubercle on either side. Appendages a little more than half as long as to, pale. Superiors, viewed from above, diver- gent, apex somewhat blunt, outer side convex, inner side nearly straight; viewed in profile, each is directed but slightly downwards, upper margin more oblique than the lower, inner, lower margin with a small, pointed black tooth directed downwards. Inferiors equal in length to the superiors; viewed in profile, directed upwards, upper margin nearly straight with a slight trian- gular excision near the base, lower margin first convex then concave, apex truncated almost perpendicularly, produced as a slight tubercle at its lower angle; viewed from below, the two inferiors are straight, parallel, of nearly equal width throughout, apex truncated nearly at right angles to the long axis of the body, lower surface blackish. Wings with a slight yellowish tinge. Pterostigma brown, surmounting a little more than one cell. Front wings with five antenodal cells, fifteen to seventeen postcubitals, nodal sector arising near the seventh or eighth, ultra- nodal at three or four cells more remote, upper side of the quadrilateral one- fourth as long as the lower side. Hind wings with four antenodal cells, thirteen to fifteen postcubitals, nodal sector arising near the sixth or seventh, ultranodal at two to three cells more remote, upper side of quadrilateral two- fifths as long as the lower side. Dimensions: Total length 42 mm.; abdomen 33 mm.; hind wing 25 mm. 2 6 Tepic, Oct., 1894, Eisen and Vaslit. I compared these two males with specimens from Guate- mala in Baron de Selys’ collection, with which they agree. 382 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. [PRoc. 3D SER. 8. Argia pulla Se/ys. PLATE XXV, Fic. 4. Argia pulla SEtys, Bull. Acad. Belg., 2nd Ser.. Tome XX, 1865, p. 410; Kirsy, Cat. Odon., 1890, p. 139. The following description is based on 19 males and g females of the first of the lots mentioned below:— Male violaceous with the following markings very dark metallic green or black: a transverse stripe across the top of the head from eye to eye, filling the space between the three ocelli; posterior face of second antennal joint and the whole of the following joints; often a line on the fronto-clypeal and on the clypeo-labral sutures; greater part of the rear of the head, except for a narrow stripe along the edges of the eyes inferiorly and a circular area around the posterior foramen; a mid-dorsal band on the middle and the hind protho- racic lobes and a narrow marginal stripe on the middle prothoracic lobe; a mid-dorsal thoracic and an almost equally wide humeral band, the former being equal in width at its lower end to the mid-dorsal prothoracic band, but is narrower above; the humeral band encloses a violaceous spot at its upper end and then fills the area between the humeral and first lateral sutures, or it is narrowed to the humeral suture at its upper end and encloses no spot— the violaceous color which remains between the mid-dorsal and the humeral bands is equal in width to the latter; a complete line on the second lateral suture and marks in the grooves on the pectus; basal half of abdominal seg- ment 1; on 2 a longitudinal band each side, curved towards its fellow near the apex of the segment; greater part of 3-7, except a narrow, transverse, basal ring, and inferiorly on each side a longitudinal pale streak confluent with this ring; an apical longitudinal band each side of 8, sides of ro entirely, 9 usually like ro but in some as 8; sterna of 3-10; the legs, except the coxe and the tibze superiorly. In young males the violaceous color is not yet developed, but is preceded by pale blue, and the dark markings are less extended, the legs pale, femora with two superior dark stripes. Superior appendages pale, shorter than 10, directed outwards and down- wards (in fig. 4 the superior appendage has been pushed up to show the infe- rior appendage more clearly), apex bifid; above each superior appendage is a large pale tubercle. Inferiors darker, longer, and larger than the superiors, but not quite as long as 10; viewed in profile each is directed slightly upwards and ends in three tubercles of which the most dorsal is received between the two tips of the bifid superior appendage of the same side, while the other two tubercles form the apex of the appendage, the inner ventral being the largest and broadest of the three and often minutely denticulated. Wings with a very slight yellowish tinge. Pterostigma dark brown, sur- mounting very slightly less than one cell. Three antenodal cells. Front wings with twelve to fifteen postcubitals, nodal sector arising from the sixth to between the seventh and eighth. Hind wings with ten to thirteen post- cubitals, nodal sector arising at the fifth or sixth (at the seventh in one wing of one male). Zoou.—Vot. I.] CALVERT—ODONATA. 383 Female differs from the male in that the violaceous color is replaced by a pale cream color which in various individuals is faintly tinged with green or violaceous. Dark markings as in the male, but more limited in extent, the area between the ocelli and the rear of the head being chiefly pale colored, the humeral stripe cleft in its upper half, a short black line at the upper end of the first lateral thoracic suture, a pale mid-dorsal line on 3 and 4, 8-10, which are perhaps pale blue in life, have no dark markings in the young; one female has the two dark longitudinal bands on 2 united in front of the apex of the segment. Abdominal segment to with a deep, narrow, apical, dorsal cleft reaching almost to base. Appendages and valvules pale, the former shorter than 10. Legs pale, two superior dark stripes on the femora, first tibia with an anterior stripe and most of the tarsi dark. Wings more yellowish than in the male, often brownish. Dimensions: Total length, ¢ 30-33 mm., 9 32.5-35 mm.; abdomen, ¢ 24.5-27 mm., 2 26-28 mm.; hind wing, ¢ 18-19 mm., 2 19-21 mm. 364 192 Tepic, Oct., 1894, Eisen and Vaslit. 7é 42 ‘ec Nov., 1894, 66 66 66 22 No date or locality. 438 259 This species has hitherto only been recorded from Venezuela. ; g. Erythragrion salvum Hagen. Agrion saluum HaGEN, Syn. Neur. N. Am., 1861, p. 85; CALVERT, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 2d Ser., Vol. IV, 1893-94, p. 483, Pl. XV, fig. 9. 76 32 Tepic, Oct., 1894, Eisen and Vaslit. 14 i Nov., 1894, ‘‘ 6G OG 84 3¢ On pp. 484, 485, 1. c., I called attention to the individual variations in this species being so numerous as to bring into question the generic differences between Hrythragrion and Pyrrhosoma. I may here say that the armature of the giz- zard of salvum differs from that of P. mintum and, to a less extent, from that of P. ¢ene//um as figured by Ris, and is described and figured in Part III of this paper. 384 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. (Proc. 3D SER. 1o. Ischnura Ramburii Se/ys var. credula Hagen. Agrion credulum HaGEN, Syn. Neur. N. Am., 1861, p. 80. Ischnura Ramburit var. credula CALVERT, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 2d Ser., Vol. IV, 1893-94, p. 489, Pl. XV, figs. 5 and 6. 36 1 Acaponeta, Tepic, 300 feet, Nov., 1894, Eisen and Vaslit. Subfamily GOMPHINZ. 11. Gomphoides pacifica Se/ys (?). Gomphoides pacifica SELys., Bull. Acad. Belg., 2d Ser., Tome XXXVI, 1873, Pp- 504. This male differs from de Selys’ description only in hav- ing the discoidal triangle of the left front wing two-celled, the labrum not traversed as well as bordered in front by black, the antehumeral stripes are confluent with the ‘‘demi-collier mesothoracique;’’ at the apex of the superior appendages not only is the superior but also the inferior angle prolonged into an acute spine, a structural peculiarity apparently not mentioned for any species of Gomphozdes. 1 4 Tepic, Oct., 1894, Eisen and Vaslit. One female from Tepic, Oct., 1894, may belong here, but is much larger. 12. Gomphoides suasa Se/ys. Gomphoides suasa SELYS., Bull. Acad. Belg., 2d Ser., Tome VII, 1859, P. 545; HaGeEn, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. XVIII, 1875, p. 49; Kirsy, Cat. Odon., 1890, p. 73. The discoidal triangle of the right hind wing is two-celled. 1 @ Tepic, Oct., 1894, Eisen and Vaslit. 13. Cyclophylla elongata Se/ys. Cyclophylla elongata SELtys., Monog. Gomph., 1857, p. 224, Pl. XII, fig. 5. All the wings with a single basal subcostal cross-vein and one hypertrigonal; seventeen antecubitals on the front wings, first and sixth thicker, eleven to twelve postcubitals on all wings, anal triangle of hind wings four-celled. Zoou.—Vot. I.] , CALVERT—ODONATA. 385 2 Tepic, Oct., 1894, Eisen and Vaslit. 16 G6 IN@\yos Helo, oC #6 a 36 14. Herpetogomphus viperinus Se/ys. PLATE XXV, FIGS. I AND 5. Erpetogomphus viperinus SELys, Comptes Rendus Soc. Ent. Belg., Tome XI, 1868, p. Ixviii; Bull. Acad. Belg., 2d Ser., Tome XXVIII, 1869, p. 176. Differ from de Selys’ description in having the costa yellow from base to pterostigma, which latter is blackish, although paler at the extremities. The black bands of the thorax in the male are: a submedian on either side of the yellow mid-dorsal carina, not reaching the anterior mesothoracic margin; an antehumeral, of about equal width with the submedian, at its upper end sud- denly narrowed to a line by which it reaches the antealar sinus; and a nar- rower humeral stripe, wider near its upper end. In the female, however, the humeral stripe is absent and the other two are paler in color. Male. Superior appendages with the apices curved downwards as is char- acteristic for this species, and a small rounded, inferior, sub-basal tubercle. Anterior hamule apparently similar to that figured for . crotalinus' except that the posterior branch is longer and more nearly equal in length to the anterior branch. Anal triangle of the hind wings four-celled. Female. Vulvar lamina cleft in more than its apical half, the interval thus formed between the right and left lobes being almost a right angle with straight sides. The appendages a little longer than 10, probably green in life, the tubercle between them of the same color and as long as to. Base of the wings as far as the triangle with an ill defined pale brownish yellow cloud. The yellow spot on 7 larger than on the other abdominal segments. Male and Female. No basal subcostal cross-veins. Front wings with twelve to fourteen antenodals, first and fifth thicker, nine to eleven postnodals. Hind wings with ten antenodals, first and fifth thicker, nine to ten postnodals. Dimensions: Abdomen, ¢ 33 mm., 2 34 mm.; hind wing, ¢ 26.5 mm., 2 28 mm. 36 32 Tepic, Oct., 1894, Eisen and Vaslit. Notr.—The dimension given for the hind wing of vipertnus female by M. de Selys in 1869 (1. c.), 37 mm., may be an error, since his original description of 1868, of which that of 1869 is in most respects a copy, gives this as 33, and since the hind wings in Herpetogomphus are usually shorter than the abdomen. 1 Monog. Gomph., Pl. IV, fig. 54 386 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. [Proc. 3D SER. 15. Herpetogomphus elaps Se/ys. PLATE XXV, Fic. 2. Erpetogomphus elaps SELYs, Monog. Gomph., 1857, p. 70, Pl. IV, fig. 4. Herpetogomphus elaps HAGEN, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. XVIII, 1875, p. 42; KirsBy, Cat. Odon., 1890, p. 60. Although the hind margin of the occiput of this species has been described as ‘‘straight,’’ most of these specimens show a tendency towards emargination in the middle, as is actually shown in Monog. Gomph., PI. IV, fig. 4a. The female of e/aps differs from that of vzperznus chiefly in the absence of the submedian thoracic, and the indistinct- ness of the antehumeral bands, and by the vulvar lamina being bilobed, the interval between the right and left lobes being deep and semicircular and therefore bounded by curved sides. The neurational details given for wzferznus on the pre- ceding page are equally true for e/ags; the anal triangle of the male is similarly formed and divided. Dimensions: Abdomen, ¢ 33-35 mm., 9 31 mm.; hind wing, ¢ 25-26 mm., 2 28.5 mm. 63 1@ Tepic, Oct., 1894, Eisen and Vaslit. Fe 2e& 55 INiGXog SEMI, Of ce a 1B) WB The characters which Baron de Selys used in the latest synopsis of the species of Herpetogomphus,' viz.:— A. Pterostigma black. Black patterns of the body well marked. A. compositus, designatus, viperinus. B&B. Pterostigma brown or yellowish. Brown patterns of the body oblit- erated in part. HH. menetriesit, elaps, boa, cophias, crotalinus. seem to be of little value, judged by the two species of ferpetogomphus here represented. In some individuals of elaps the pterostigma is quite as black as in wzperznus, and the dark bands of the female vzferznus are but little better defined than in some individuals of e/aZs. Unfortunately, after pointing out the defects of this grouping, I have noth- ing to offer as a substitute, owing to insufficient materials. 1 Comptes Rendus Soc. Ent. Belg., 1879, p. Lxiii. ZooL.—Vot. I.] CALVERT—ODONATA. 387 Subfamily AASCHNIN 4. 16. Mschna macromia Brauer. i schna macromia BRAUER, Verhdl. zool.-bot. Ges., Wien, Bd. XV, 1865, p- 906; Reise d. Novara, Neur., 1866, p. 68, Pl. I, fig. 18. 1 ¢ Acaponeta, Tepic, 300 ft., Nov., 1894, Eisen and Vasiit. Hitherto recorded from Brazil only. 17. schna (Group of difinzs RAMBUR). I @; no locality or date. 18. schna luteipennis Burmester. Ei schna luteipennis BurM., Handb. Ent. II, 1839, p. 837; CALVERT, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 2d Ser., Vol. IV, 1893-94, p. 503, Pl. XV, figs. 27 and 28. t 6 Tepic, Oct., 1894, Eisen and Vaslit. 19. Gynacantha, sp. 1 @ Tepic, Nov., 1894, Eisen and Vaslit. 20. Anax amazili Burmeister. 4¢schna amazili BurM., Handb. Ent. II, 1839, p. 841. Anax amazili HAGEN, Psyche, Vol. V, 1890, p. 307. 1 @ Tepic, Oct., 1894, Eisen and Vaslit. Guatemala is the most northern locality on the North American continent from which this species has been pre- viously recorded. Subfamily LIBELLULIN. 21. Tramea onusta Hagen. Tramea onusta HAGEN, Syn. Neur. N. Am., 1861, p. 144; CALVERT, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 2d Ser., Vol. IV, 1893-94, p. 513, Pl. XVII, figs, 85-87. 1 2 Tepic, Nov., 1894, Eisen and Vaslit. (2) May 9, 1899. 388 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. [Proc. 3D SER. 22. Miathyria marcella Selys. Libellula marcella SELYs, in Sagra, Hist. Cuba, Ins., 1857, p. 452. Tramea marcella HAGEN, Stett. Ent. Zeit., Bd. XXVIII, 1867, p. 227. Miathyria marcella Kirpy, Cat. Odon., 1890, p. 4. Tramea simplex HaGEN, Syn. Neur. N. Am., 1861, p. 146, (teste Hagen). As compared with Hagen’s description of 1867, the fol- lowing differences exist :— In younger individuals of both sexes only the free margin of the labrum is black, the remainder of the labrum ochre brown which becomes darker with age. The dark brown basal band on the hind wings of the female does not extend farther outwards than in the male, i. e., a very short distance beyond the submedian cross-vein,’ nor is the amount of surrounding yellow greater than in the male. The venation is yellowish without a red tinge. Compared with Kirby’s statement of the generic characters of Miathyria? it is to be noted that some individuals show the inner (basal) side of the tri- angle of the hind wings to be a little nearer the base of the wing than is the arculus, instead of being in the prolongation of this latter. Dimensions: Abdomen, 4 25-27 mm., 2 27 mm.; hind wing, ¢ 32-34 mm., 2 33 mm. 1é 1@ Tepic, Oct., 1894, Eisen and Vaslit. 26 22 ss Nov., 1894, es sis os 26 No locality or date. 535 ge The described species of Mcathyrza are very similar to each other; the chief differences appear to be as follows: — 1. Miathyria marcella SeZys. Basal spot on the hind wings extending but little beyond the submedian cross-vein (or rarely to the triangle in the female). Reticulation of a greater number of cells than in stmplea. Black spots on abdominal segments 5-10. Size moderate (abdomen 23-27 mm., hind wing 30-34 mm.) Vulvar lamina of female bilobed, lobes slender and a little longer than the interval separa- ting them. 1 I adopt henceforth the following changes in the nomenclatnre of the wings of Odon- ata proposed by Baron de Selys (Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., Tome XL, p. 85, March, 1896). Cos- tal space between the costal and subcostal veins, sxdcostal space between the subcostal and median veins, median space (formerly basilar space) between the median and submedian veins; submedian space between the submedian and postcostal veins; in it is the oval submedian cross-vein, which has been called postcostal cross-vein in the Agrionide and normal median cross-vein in the Libellulide and A®schnidz; Zostcostal space between the postcostal vein and the hind margin of the wings; it is wanting in those Agrionide where the hind margin only commences beyond a petiolate base. 2 Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., Vol. XII, 1889, p. 269. Zoov.—Vot. I.] CALVERT—ODONATA, 389 2. Miathyria simplex Rambur. Basal spot on hind wings extending into the triangle. Black spots on 5-10. Size moderate (abdomen 22 mm., hind wing 27 mm.) Vulvar lamina emar- ginated, not bilobed. 8. Miathyria pusilla A7iréy. (From Kirby’s description and figure.) Basal spot on hind wings extend- ing to the triangle. Black spots on 3-10. Size small (abdomen 20 mm., hind wing 25 mm.) Mr. Kirby states’ that he is now inclined to think pus¢//a ‘is synonymous with JZ. s¢mplex Ramb.’’ His Mzathyria flavescens, described on the same page, seems from his description and figure to be rather a Macrothemis.* Tetra- goneuria balteata Hagen, which he doubtfully refers to AZza- thyrza in his Catalogue, page 4, is not of this genus, as it has the front wings with the last antenodal continuous, the subtriangular space (internal triangle) of different shape and two-celled, sectors of the arculus not stalked; on the hind wings the inner (basal) side of the triangle is a little nearer the base than the arculus. I do not know its proper generic position. 23. Pseudoleon superbus Hagen. Celithemis superba HaGEN, Syn. Neur. N. Am., 1861, p. 148. Pseudoleon superbus CALVER?T, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 2d Ser., Vol. IV, 1893-94, p. 518, Pl. XVI, figs. 62-66. 16 1 £Tepic, Oct., 1894, Eisen and Vaslit. 24. : Orthemis ferruginea Fabricius. Libellula ferruginea Fasr., Sys. Ent., 1775, p. 423. Orthemis ferruginea CALVERT, Proc. Cal. Acad Sci., 2d Ser., Vol. IV, 1893-94, p. 520, Pl. XVI, figs. 67-69. 63 52 Tepic, Oct., 1894, Eisen and Vaslit. 106 79 56)" INOKVo5 MBIA, | O° G6 66 28 Mazatlan, Eisen and Vaslit. 18g 12@ 1 Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 6th Ser., Vol. XIX, 1897, p. 600. 2 See on this Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. XXVIII, 1898, p. 328. 390 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. [Proc. 3D SER- 25. Dythemis velox Hagen, var. sterilis Hagen. Dythemis velox Hac. var. sterilis HAG., CALVERT, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. XXVIII, 1898, p. 310. Dythemis sterilis HAGEN, Syn. Neur. N. Am., 1861, p. 317; CALVERT, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci , 2d Ser., Vol. IV, 1893-94, p. 522, Pl. XVI, figs. 52-55. Dythemis Broadwayit Kirsy, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 6th Ser., Vol. XIV, 1894, Pp. 227. 26 82 Tepic, Oct., 1894, Eisen and Vaslit. 16 29 G6 INI@iWen Helo, | 9 GG oe 66 52 No date or locality. 94 158% I have examined the type of D. Broadwayi Kirby from Trinidad and find it to be identical. 26. Dythemis velox Hagen, var. (?.) nigrescens var. nov. Male very similar to stevi/is male, but the vertex and the frons superiorly dark metallic violet or blue, a crescentic black spot on the nasus, labrum black, but green along the base in the younger individuals, lateral labial lobes barely edged with black on their inner edge or this black as wide as one-fifth of the width of the lobe; pale green or yellow stripes on 4-6 half as long, on 7 half to two-thirds as long, on 8 one-third as long as the respective seg- ments, a pale spot on the middle of each side, 10 unspotted; wings uncolored at the base, brown at apex for the width of but one cell. female very similar to steri/is, vertex luteous, frons luteous or pale green with a metallic violet point in the superior groove at its base, no spot on the nasus, labrum pale green or luteous, edged with black at the middle of the free margin, lateral labial lobes barely edged with black along their inner margins, pale green or yellow markings on 4-7 two-thirds as long (or more) as the segments, on each side of 8 a double pale spot at the base and one at the apex, lateral margin of 9 witha yellow stripe, 10 unspotted or with a pale point each side, wings yellowish at base, brown in the subcostal spaces half-way to the first antenodal on all the wings, and in the submedian space of the hind wings to the cross-vein, brown at the apex, varying from a width of but one cell to a band reaching to the outer end of the pterostigma. Dimensions: Abdomen, $ 28-29.5 mm., 2 28-31 mm.; hind wing, ¢ 33-34 mm., ¢ 33-35 mm. 206 212 Tepic, Oct., 1894, Eisen and Vaslit. rG 8 es INOVe,pLSO4) mcs anos G6 16 32 No locality or date. PP YAS ZooL.—VOL. I.] CALVERT—ODONATA. 391 Here also belong the 17 males from San José del Cabo, October, 1893, briefly described on p. 525, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 2d Ser., Vol. IV. As some of these Tepic males are, however, younger individuals, and as the female sex is also represented, I have briefly described them to supply certain deficiencies in the passage quoted. There are a number of allied forms or varieties occurring in Central and South America, differing apparently only in slight color variations of the parts above mentioned, but not structurally or in neuration. 27. Brechmorhoga mendax Hagen. Dythemis mendax HAGEN, Syn. Neur. N. Am., 1861, p. 1864; CALVERT, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 2d Ser., Vol. IV, 1893-94, p. 529, Pl. XVI, figs. 56 and 57. Brechmorhoga mendax CALVERT, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. XXVIII, 1898, p. 313, Pl. I, fig. 5; Pl. Il, figs. 23, 30. The male has the frons and vertex metallic blue, the discoidal triangle of the right front wing free. Hagen (I. c.) says ‘“‘segments 1-7 with a double spot each side upon the dorsum greenish white;’’ in one of his two male types these spots are very small on 6. 16 19 £Tepic, Nov., 1894, Eisen and Vaslit. The genus Brechmorhoga was established by Mr. Kirby for B. grenadensis, sp. nov., from Grenada, West Indies.! Mr. Kirby, in reply to my query, has kindly written :— “‘T have examined the specimens of Brechmorhoga, and find that the tar- sal nails are toothed close to the tip, but the lower tooth is decidedly shorter than the other. As regards the femora, I find that the teeth in the middle femora are short and straight, more like serrations, and do not apparently differ from those in Dythemzs, but on the hind femora they are larger than in Dythemis, with a distinct inclination towards the knee’’ [surely trochanter instead of knee]. Brechmorhoga is, as stated by Mr. Kirby, closely related to Macrothemis, agreeing therewith in the femoral charac- ters above mentioned? (which are true for the male, not for the female), but differing in the tarsal nail being toothed, not 1 Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 6th Ser., Vol. XIV, 1894, p. 265. 2 “ Postero-inferior,” lines five and six from the bottom, p. 531, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., ad Ser., Vol. IV, should be ‘‘antero-inferior.”’ 392 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. [Proc. 3D SER. bifid, and in the greater width of the post-triangular field of the front wings—the number of rows increasing to more than two from, usually, the level of the point of separation of the median and principal sectors. To Brechmorhoga belong mendax Hag., precox Hag., pertinax Hag., nubec- wla Ramb., and probably Sal/ez Selys; I have studied the types of the first three and hope soon to publish a synopsis of the differences of all these closely related species.! 28. Brechmorhoga postlobata Calvert. PLATE XXV, Fic. 12. Brechmorhoga postlobata CALVERT, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. XXVIII, 1898, p. 314 (very brief diagnosis). Male. Colors somewhat faded. Face pale brown, vertex and superior part of frons dark metallic blue-green. Lips yellowish, labrum with a median spot and the middle of the free margin brown, median lobe and inner third of lateral lobes of labium brown. Occiput and rear of head brown, two or three pale spots behind the eyes. Prothorax light brown. Thoracic dorsum dark brown, a green antehu- meral stripe widened abruptly on its inner side at its upper end; sides pale green with two ill defined, oblique, brown stripes, one on the site of the lower half of the first lateral suture, the other on the second lateral suture. Legs blackish, bases of all femora and the first pair inferiorly pale brownish. Abdomen compressed at base, slender at base of 4, thence widening to the base of 8, and thence narrowing to apex; black, dorsum of 2-5 with a narrow, pale brown stripe each side, reduced to a pair of basal dots on 6 and on 8, greatly widened and almost as long as the segment on 7; ventral sur- face of 1-9 with a pale brown streak each side. Superior appendages slightly longer than 9, directed downwards and inwards in the apical half, somewhat thicker before the apex, with an inferior row of about nine denticles in the third and fourth fifths of their length, apex moderately acute. Inferior appendage very little (about one-tenth) shorter than the superior appendages, triangular, apex truncated, terminating in two denticles directed upwards, which reach beyond the denticles of the superiors. Genitalia of 2: anterior lamina entire, projecting equally with the genital lobe. Hamule projecting still farther, not bifid, sickle-shaped, apex acute. Genital lobe oblong, peculiar in having a posterior basal tubercle (wanting in all other species of this genus), apex of lobe itself and of this tubercle hairy. Wings with a faint yellowish tinge, extreme base darker yellow for the 1 This synopsis was written subsequent to the preparation of the present paper, but published before it in Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. XXVIII, 1898, pp. 301-332, 2 pls., under the title of ‘‘The Odonate genus Macrothemis and its allies.” Zoou.—Vot. I.] CALVERT—ODONATA. 393 distance of about one cell in the postcostal space, reticulation black, ptero- stigma dark brown, surmounting one cell and parts of two others, outer end more oblique than the inner, membranule dark brown. Front wings with eleven antenodals, six to seven postnodals, triangle free, two post-triangular rows increasing to three at the level of the origin of the subnodal sector, internal triangle three-celled. Hind wings with eight antenodals, eight post- nodals, triangle free, its inner side slightly nearer the base than is the arculus, two post-triangular rows increasing. Dimensions: Total length 50 mm.; abdomen 37 mm.; hing wing 32.5 mm.; pterostigma 2.5 mm. 2 6 Tepic, Nov., 1894, Eisen and Vaslit. A male in the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cam- bridge, Mass., from Mazatlan, Mexico, October, 1873, by Crotch, is evidently of the same species, but presents these variations: a mere trace of metallic blue on frons and ver- tex, entire free margin of labrum bordered with black, only a median black spot on the median labial lobe, and the inner edges of lateral labial lobes but very narrowly edged with black, the two brown stripes on the sides of the thorax fused together, pale spot on 7 a little more than half as long as the segment, inferior appendage about one-fourth shorter than the superiors, tip of hamule a little more slender, internal triangle of right front wing with one cross-vein, right hind wing with nine antenodals. Dimensions: Total length 47 mm.; abdomen 36 mm.; hind wing 32 mm.; pterostigma 2 mm. The specific name Jostlobata refers to the posterior basal tubercle on the genital lobe which is not possessed by any other species of Brechmorhoga. 29. Macrothemis pseudimitans Calvert. Macrothemis pseudimitans CALvERT, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. XXVIII, 1898, p. 329, Pl. II, fig. 35. Macrothemis imitans CALVERT, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 2d Ser., Vol. IV, 1893-94, p. 531, Pl. XVI, figs. 33, 35-39 (not of Karsch). The green colors of this female have been reddened by the alcohol. Tri- angle of the left front wing with one cross-vein. Internal triangle of front wings two-celled (right), three-celled (left). 394 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. [PrRoc. 3D SER t @ Tepic, Nov., 1894, Eisen and Vaslit. On examining the types of M/. zmitans Karsch in the K6énigliche Museum fir Naturkunde, Berlin, I found that they differed from the individuals I described as zmztans in the following respects :— 1. The superior appendages of the male have on their under surface a trian- gular tooth which is denticulated on its basal side (as in W/. inequiunguts Cal- vert). Dr. Karsch’s description! of zzttans says of these appendages, ‘‘am Unterrande geziihnelt,’? an expression which, it seems, may equally well mean ‘‘provided with a tooth,’’ as in the case of zmitans types, or ‘‘pro- vided with denticles,’’ as in the individuals I referred to zmzitans. As, how- ever, the type of AZacrothemts (celeno Selys) and most of the species of this genus have an inferior row of denticles, not a large tooth, one would be justified in accepting the interpretation ‘‘provided with denticles’”’ in the absence of express statement to the contrary. 2. The hamule of the male is more slender in zztaus types. 3. The antehumeral spots in zzifans type are shorter (I mm. long), reaching from in front of the antealar sinus only one-third of the distance to the anterior mesothoracic margin; longer (2.5 mm.) in the Baja Californian species, reaching almost to the anterior mesothoracic margin. 4. Sides of the thorax with three green spots in z7zfans types, due to the absence of the fourth of the other species, or upper of the two on the metepimeron. 5. The difference in the coloring of the wings mentioned, I. c., p. 533, which is perhaps of slight importance, as the individual variation in this respect is quite considerable in M/acrothemis. It therefore became necessary to rename my zmztans and I proposed psewdzmztans instead. 30. Macrothemis inequiunguis Calvert. Macrothemis inequiunguis CALVERT, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 2d Ser., Vol. IV, 1893-94, p- 533, Pl. XVI, figs. 34, 40-45; Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. XXVIII, 1898, pp. 317, 319, Pl. I, fig. 2. The males differ from the types in having both lips black, the brown stripes on the lateral thoracic sutures much broader, front wings with thirteen ante- nodals, nine postnodals, and by larger size—abdomen 27 mm., hind wing 3I mm. The females are like the types, but have thirteen antenodals on the front wings. 26 292 £Tepic, Nov., 1894, Eisen and Vaslit. 1 Berl, Ent. Zeit. Bd. XX XIII, p. 367. ZooL.—VoOL. I.] CALVERT—ODONATA. 395 31. Macrothemis inacuta Calvert. PLATE XXV, Fics. 7, to. Macrothemts tnacuta CALVERT, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. XXVIII, 1898, pp. 318, 328 (very brief diagnosis. ) Male. Vertex brown, tip metallic blue. Frons deeply grooved above, olive or pale bluish in front, metallic blue just before the vertex and extending down in a narrow limb on either side, anterior surface much pitted. Clypeus luteous or olivaceous. Labrum luteous or with the free margin narrowly black. Labium luteous or brown, darker on the median lobe and on the adjoining parts of the lateral lobes. Occiput luteous, extending forwards between the eyes so that the distance they are in contact is less than the length of the occiput. Rear of the eyes brown with two pale green spots. Prothorax luteous. Thorax brown, a pale green antehumeral stripe each side which is much and abruptly widened on the inner side at its upper end; humeral and lateral sutures with ill defined blackish stripes; a narrow, oblique, pale green or yellow mesepimeral stripe interrupted in the middle ofits course; an oblong yellow or pale green spot on the metepimeron just above the latero-ventral metathoracic carina, and a small, ill defined pale cloud below the base of the hind wings. Legs luteous or brown, darker or even blackish inferiorly, spines of the posterior (inner) row of the third tibiz shorter, stouter, and slightly more numerous (16) than those of the anterior row (13). Abdomen of almost uniform width, very slightly narrower at 3; luteous, articulations and carinze with black lines, 3-9 with an ill defined brownish stripe from base to middle on 3, nearly to apex on 4-9, on either side of the dorsum, ventral surface darker. Superior appendages almost as long as 9-10, slightly arched, apex rounded, not pointed, thicker before the apex, with an inferior conical tooth at three- fourths the length from the base, this tooth being itself denticulated at tip. Inferior appendage about one-seventh shorter, about twice as long as its width at base, apex narrow, ending in the usual two upturned denticles. Genitalia of 2: anterior lamina slightly less prominent than the hamule, profile of the former conical, with a rounded apex. Hamule with its apical half very slender and curved backwards and somewhat upwards to form a hook. Genital lobe projecting about half as much, tapering, tip rounded. Wings with or without a faint yellowish hue, with a brown tinge at the extreme base of the subcostal and median veins. Pterostigma blackish brown (yellow in the Guatemala male), outer and inner ends oblique. Mem- branule white. Front wings with thirteen to fourteen antenodals, seven to eight postnodals, triangle free, internal triangle two-celled, two post-trian- gular rows to the level of the nodus (three cells, then two rows in one wing I male) increasing to four to six marginal cells. Hind wings with nine to eleven antenodals, eight to ten postnodals, two post-triangular cells, the upper usu- ally reaching across the entire width of the field, then two rows to the level of the origin of the subnodal sector increasing to nine to fourteen marginal cells. 396 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. [PRoc. 3D SER. Female differs from the male as follows: No metallic blue on vertex and very little on the frons, which is cream color anteriorly. No black border to the labrum. Spines of the posterior (inner) row of the third tibiz very little shorter, no stouter, but slightly more numerous (18) than those of the ante- rior row. Abdomen not narrower at 3. Appendages twice as long as 10, shorter than 9, straight, dark brown. The faint yellow of the wings is better marked between the nodus and pterostigma in one female; hind wings with the dark brown streak at the base of the subcostal and median veins half-way or more to the first antenodal, and a deep yellow cloud from submedian vein to a short distance beyond the apex of the membranule (1 female), or to the hind margin of the wing (1 female), and whose distal boundary is the submedian cross-vein and distal sub-basal sector (of Kirby). Pterostigma paler. No post-triangular cell reaches across the entire width of the field in the hind wings, where the larger female has three cells, then two rows. Dimensions: Total length, 4 43-45 mm., 2 42.5-45 mm‘; abdomen, 4 30.5-35 mm., 2 31-32.5 mm.; front wing, 6 33-35 mm., @ 35.5-37 mm.; hind wing, ¢ 31.5-33 mm., 2 34-35.5 mm.; pterostigma 2.5-2.75 mm.; superior appendages, 6 2 mm.; appendages, 2 1 mm.; hind tibia 5.5 mm. 1 4 Tepic, Oct., 1894, Eisen and Vaslit. Besides the male from Tepic, quoted above, I have, with the permission of Mr. Samuel Henshaw, used, as types of the above description, the following specimens in the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. :— One male, Acapulco, Mex., by A. Agassiz; one male (last six abdominal segments lost) and two females, Isthmus of Tehuantepec, by F. Sumichrast; one male (badly dam- aged, head lost) Guatemala, Coll. Van Patten. The specific name zzacuta was chosen instead of obtusa to avoid the use of a name which has already been twice employed in the Odonata. Jnacuta refers to the blunt apex of the superior appendages of the male, a character not possessed by any other Macrothemis. 32. Trithemis basifusca Cadvert. Trithemis basifusca CALVERT, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 2d Ser., Vol. IV, 1893-94, p. 536, Pl. XVI, figs. 58-61. Male differs from the types from Baja California in that the basal spot of the hind wings is paler brown and usually does not extend outwards quite as far as the first antenodal, in extreme cases barely reaching the submedian cross-vein. Like the types, the labrum is blackish with a narrow yellowish Zoox.—Vot. I.] CALVERT—ODONATA. 397 border, while the adjacent clypeus and the labium are in many cases much paler and even green or yellowish. In the teneral males abdominal segments 1-7 are pale green, mid-dorsal carina of 3-7, a lateral stripe on 1-3, and lat- eral margins of 4-7 (wider in posterior half) brown. Abdomen beneath dark brownish with indistinct paler spots at the bases of the segments. Female pattern of coloring of abdomen as here described for teneral males, but 8-10 are similar to 6 and 7. 224 132 Tepic, Oct., 1894, Eisen and Vaslit. 76 32 66 Nov., 1894, 66 6c 6c 296 169 After comparing a type male of daszfusca with specimens of abjecta Ramb. and fusca Ramb., identified by Baron de Selys, in the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, I incline to my first opinion’ that das¢fusca is synonymous with aéjecta. Mr. McLachlan wrote me, ‘‘On making a casual comparison with a specimen from Brazil labeled ‘fusca Rbr.’ by Selys, it is difficult to find any good char- acter save that the basal spot in the latter is rather more extended.’’ I leave baszfusca under these suspicions until a review of the American species of Zycthemzs shall be made. 33. Trithemis Montezuma, sp. nov. Female. Vertex, concave at tip, and frons dark plum color with a slight metallic reflection. Sides of frons and clypeus pale greenish. Lips luteous. Eyes in contact for a distance nearly equal to the length of the occiput, which is black above, yellow behind. Rear of head yellow with some obscure darker marks. Thorax and abdomen dark brown, pruinose, through which some yellow appears near the bases of the legs. These brown, tibiz paler, tarsi blackish. Abdominal appendages yellowish, longer than 10, not quite as long as 9. Vulvar lamina one-sixth as long as 9, erect, margin rounded, entire. Wings somewhat milky. Reticulation, membranule and pterostigma dark brown, the latter surmounting one cell and parts of two others, arculus a little nearer the base than the second antenodal, nodal sector very slightly waved beyond its middle, at least some double cells between the subnodal sector and the supplementary sector next below. Front wings brownish at base to about the level of the submedian cross-vein, but its limit nowhere sharply marked, apex brown for a width of two cells, eleven antenodals, eight 11,¢., p. 537- 398 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. (Proc. 3D SER. postnodals, triangle with one cross-vein, internal triangle of three cells, three post-triangular rows to the level of the nodus increasing to seven marginal cells, upper sector of the triangle curved strongly forwards without affecting the number of post-triangular rows but merely rendering the cells smaller. Hind wings brown in the subcostal space to the second antenodal, the brown overflowing into the costal and median spaces, which are somewhat clearer, a large brown spot from the submedian vein nearly to the hind margin of the wing and outwards to the level of the triangle, the centers of the cells within this spot clearer, apex brown for a width of three cells, nine antenodals (the last one on the left side of the broken female is not continued to the median vein), nine to ten postnodals, triangle free, two post-triangular rows to the level of the separation of median and principal sectors, increasing to ten to eleven marginal cells. Dimensions: Total length 42 (?) mm., abdomen 30 (?) mm. (I have unfor- tunately neglected to make these measurements from the entire female), hind wing 30 mm., pterostigma 4.5 mm. 1@ Tepic, Oct., 1894, Eisen and Vaslit. 22 IN@ Gets Or locality, CC *« (last six seg- ments lost). 22 I have not been able to find any description of this spe- cies nor any named specimen in any museum. 34. Trithemis funerea Hagen. Libellula funerea HAGEN, Syn. Neur. N. Am., 1861, p. 158. Belonia funerea Kirpy, Cat. Odon., 1890, p. 29. The shape of the appendages and of the genitalia of the second abdominal segment of the male and of the vulvar lamina of the female is the same as in T. umbrata L. The oldest individuals of both sexes have the body, includ- ing the legs, black, both front and hind wings blackish brown from the base to a little more than half-way from nodus to pterostigma. In younger males, at least, the front wings may be clear from the base almost to the nodus, smoky brown from the nodus half-way to the pterostigma, the hind wings with the basal fourth clear, succeeded by smoky brown to the middle point between nodus and pterostigma. In teneral males and females the colors of the body are like those of teneral wzbrata, the wings are usually yellowish from the base to a little more than half-way between nodus and pterostigma. In individuals of all ages, therefore, wbrata is to be distinguished by the transverse band of the wings having its outer margin at the inner end of the pterostigma, while in /wserea the outer margin of the yellow or dark color- ing lies only a little beyond the half-way point between nodus and pterostigma. Zoou.—VOL. I.] CALVERT—ODONATA. 399 96 82 Tepic, Oct., 1894, Eisen and Vaslit. 164 158 G5 INIOWeg usleyi, OC ae se 1g Mazatlan, Eisen and Vaslit. 16 1 No date or locality. Eisen and Vaslit. 276 249 I may remark here that my experience does not agree with Hagen’s statement’ that ‘‘the female [wmdrata] with the band of the wings as in the male is very rare,’’ (the italics are mine), although such females are of course much less common than the females without banded wings. The difficulty of distinguishing between wmbrata females without the bands and teneral females of fwnerea which have not yet developed the yellow or dark coloring as described above is considerable, especially as the present collection contains some females in which the only apparent coloring to the wings is yellow along the anterior margins, and the apex from the outer end of the pterostigma brown. These I also refer to funerea because they possess a neurational peculiarity to be found in undoubted fwnerea, viz., that on the front wings there are two rows of cells between the short sector and the supplementary sector next below, while in zmbrata (with the exception of one male from Jamaica) there is but a single row of cells in this place. Whether this is a fairly constant difference remains to be established or disproven by the examination of a greater number of individuals than I have been able to study. 35. Micrathyria Hageni A7zrdy. Micrathyria Hagenit Kirey, Cat. Odon., 1890, p. 41; CALVERT, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 2d Ser., Vol. IV, 1893-94, p. 540, Pl. XVII, figs. 95-97. 1 2 Tepic, Oct., 1894, Eisen and Vaslit. 1 @ Acaponeta, Tepic, 300 ft., Nov., 1894, Eisen and Vaslit. 1 Proc, Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. XVIII, 1875-76, p. 72. 400 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. [Proc. 3D SER. 36. Micrathyria equalis Hagen. Dythemis equalis HAGEN, Syn. Neur N. Am., 1861, p. 167. Micrathyria equalis CALVERT, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 2d Ser., Vol. IV, 1893-94, P- 543, Pl. XVII, figs. 107-109. 26 22 Tepic, Oct., 1894, Eisen and Vaslit. Aso Noslocalityzoridates sone: 66 26 6g 37. Micrathyria, sp. 1é Tepic, Nov., 1894, Eisen and Vaslit. Teneral and much damaged; I have not been able to identify it, but it apparently belongs to the group of Jere- nice Drury. To the same group belong neva Hagen and debilis Hagen, the types of which I have studied. 38. Anatya normalis, sp. nov. PLATE XXV, Fics. 9, 13. Male (teneral). Frons and clypeus pale green, the former with a superior, quadrangular, brown spot having a slight metallic bluish reflection, vertex colored like this spot, its tip slightly concave, not convex, as stated by Kirby. Lips yellow. Rear of head brown with some yellow spots behind the eyes. Eyes in contact for a distance barely half the length of the occiput, which is brown above, yellow behind. Thorax bright yellow. Prothorax with a pale reddish brown spot each side on the middle lobe; hind lobe distinctly narrower than the middle lobe, subquadrangular with the angles slightly rounded off, with a distinct mid- dorsal groove and a shallow, median, posterior emargination. On either side of the thoracic dorsum some pale reddish brown marks forming a hollow oblong which does not reach the antealar sinus, but whose outer side is pro- longed thereto; a small spot to the outer side of this oblong and lines on the humeral and second lateral sutures of the same color. Legs yellow, tibice, tarsi and apices of the femora dark brown; third tibize with seven to nine spines on the anterior (outer) row, sixteen to eighteen on the posterior (inner) row. Abdomen slightly narrower in segments 4 and 5, but neither base nor apex are much widened; 1 and 2 bright yellow, the sutures and carine pale brown, following segments brown, 3-5 with a yellow stripe each side from the base 1 For Azatya; Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond., Vol. XII, 1889, p. 293. ZooL.—VOL. I.] CALVERT—ODONATA., 401 (where it is widest) almost to the apex on 3, three-fourths as long as the seg- ment on 4, half as Jong on 5, 6 with a yellow spot each side occupying the middle two-fourths of the segment, 7 with a small spot near the middle of each side; inferiorly the abdomen is pale yellowish brown. Superior appendages as long as 9+10, yellow, brown at base and at tip, curved downwards in the basal half, nearly straight in the apical half, with a well marked, median, inferior tooth, whose basal side bears five to six black denticles, apex gradually tapering, very acute. Inferior appendage two-thirds as long, yellow, brown at the extreme tip, which ends in the usual two up- turned denticles and extends beyond the inferior tooth of the superiors. Genitalia of 2 inconspicuous; anterior lamina less prominent than hamule or genital lobe, its margin slightly bilobed; hamule bifid, inner branch shorter, more slender, hook-like, apex acute, outer branch twice longer and twice wider, apex blunt; genital lobe equally prominent with the outer hamular branch, rounded. Wings clear, reticulation blackish, pterostigma and the very small mem- branule dark brown, the former surmounting one cell and parts of two others. Neuration as described by Kirby,! except that there are eleven postnodals on the hind wings. 1 6 Tepic, Nov., 1894, Eisen and Vaslit. The neuration of Axatya is almost identical with that of Micrathyria; in the former the hind wings are widest at the level of the nodus and become so much narrower towards the base that but one row of cells exists between the proximal subbasal sector and the hind margin; in Micrathyria the greatest width of the same wings is near the level of the middle antenodal, whence the narrowing towards the base is so much less that three rows of cells are found between the proximal subbasal sector and the hind margin. Although this male is probably not fully colored, the dif- ference in its superior appendages from those of gwuttata Erichson (which Mr. Kirby appropriately named anoma/a) justifies the application of a new specific name, zormalis, as these appendages are quite of the usual style. 39. Sympetrum illotum /agen. Mesothemis illota HAGEN, Syn. Neur. N. Am., 1861, p. 172. Diplax illota CALVERT, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 2d Ser., Vol. 1V, 1893-94, P- 545, Pl. XVII, fig. 114-119. Sympetrum illotum Kirsy, Cat. Odon. 1890, p. 17. 1 1. c., 1889, p. 294. 402 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. [Proc. 3D SER. 16 Tepic, Oct., 1894, Eisen and Vaslit. re 66 Nov., 1894, 66 66 66 to ley 40. Perithemis domitia Drury. Libellula domitia Drury, Ill. Exot. Ent., Vol. II, 1773, Pl. XLV, fig. 4. Perithemis domitia HAGEN, Syn. Neur. N. Am., 1861, p. 185; Kirpy, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond., Vol. XII, 1889, p. 325; Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 6th Ser., Vol. IV, 1889, p. 232; CALVERT, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., Vol. XX, 1893, p. 264; Vol. XXV, 1898, p. 75. Libellula tenera (2), L. tenuicincta (6) Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., Vol. VIII, 1839, p. 31. 15d 162 Tepic, Oct., 1894, Eisen and Vaslit. BO We G6 INGieg SIA, 9S 4 “ 26 2@ No locality or date, ‘ & 66 ALO Ay © Of the species referred to Perzthemzs, domztca Drury, from Jamaica, was the first described. Mr. Kirby’ regards domitia as specifically distinct from various forms of Perz- themzs found on the North American mainland; while other authors, following Hagen, have united Say’s fenera and tenuicincta with domztia, and may, perhaps, be disposed to do the same with zztensa Kirby, and even with still other nominal species. Since Mr. Kirby’s work is of later date than Hagen’s, it may be well to examine the grounds on which he has regarded them as distinct. 1. Domitia he believes to recognize in specimens from Jamaica in the Dublin Museum and from St. Domingo in the British Museum.’ From these two references it appears that he regards as one important specific character that the subtriangular space [or internal triangle] on the front wings is divided by a perpendicular nervure into two cells, and he 1 Cat. Odon., 1890, p. Io. 7 11. cc., 1889, pp. 232, 325. Zoou.—VOL. I.] CALVERT—ODONATA. 403 expressly says (p. 325), ‘‘ Drury’s figure was taken from a Jamaica specimen, and although it is rough! and probably represents too many costal nervures, the subtriangular space of the fore wings is distinctly represented as consisting of two cells.’ An examination of Drury’s figure will show that Mr. Kirby’s description is true only for the right front wing, as the left front wing has the subtriangular space just as distinctly represented as consisting of three cells. More- over, although Mr. Kirby’s description of domzta’ states that the [discoidal] triangles are free, the same figure of Drury’s shows the triangle to be crossed by two veins in the left front wing. Any one possessing similarly colored Perc- themzs from Jamaica, with the subtriangular spaces three- celled and the triangles crossed on the front wings, would be equally justified in regarding them as domd¢tea Drury. The bearing of the number of cells in these parts of the wing: on the question of specific distinction will be seen farther on. 2. Tenera Say and tenuicincta Say, in spite of the great difference in the coloring of their wings, are beyond ques- tion female and male respectively of the same species, as Hagen indicated in 1861, and as the writer and other col- lectors can testify from personal experience. Why they should appear as distinct from each other in Mr. Kirby’s Catalogue is inexplicable. 3. ‘* Tenuicincta’’—the male—of the mainland, usually has the subtriangular space on the front wings free (of one cell) and all the triangles free; many individuals have a brown spot of varying intensity lying in the outer ends of the triangle, supra-triangular space and the adjoining cells, on all the wings. JVot all individuals, however, and it is not uncommon to find in one and the same locality, as in the vicinity of Philadelphia, some with and others without these brown spots. Neither the domztza of Drury’s figure, 1 So rough that I believe it to be utterly untrustworthy as regards the venation. 2 Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1. c. (3) May 11, 1899. 404 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. [PRoc. 3D. SER. nor of Mr. Kirby’s description, possesses these brown spots, but the facts just stated show that their presence or absence can not constitute a specific character. How does the case stand as regards the number of cells in the sub- triangular space? Fourteen males from Cuba, in the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Cambridge and in the Collection of the American Entomological Society in Phil- adelphia, whose yellow wings are unspotted with brown, vary as follows: four have the subtriangular space free in both front wings, five have it free in one front wing and of two cells in the other, five have it of two cells in both front wings. Therefore, neither the number of cells in the subtriangular space, nor the presence or absence of a brown spot on the wings separates domztia, male, from tenuz- cincta, and until some other character is discovered which is distinctive, the latter name must be a synonym of the former. Since fexera is the female of tenuzczncta, it, too, must consequently be a synonym of domztia. What the neurational variations of the females may be I am unable to state, as very few West Indian females exist in the collec- tions above mentioned. The females from the United States, like the males, usually have the subtriangular spaces free, but one female not otherwise distinguishable has them two-celled. 4. This absence of females from the West Indies pre- vents an expression of opinion on pocahontas Kirby and mooma Kirby, but it is difficult to see that the wing mark- ings, which are the chief distinctive features, differ more from those of ‘‘tenera,’’ than do extreme individuals of “‘tenera’’ from each other. 5. Lntensa Kirby from Mexico, described from the male only, has no brown spots on the (almost) uniformly brown- ish yellow wings, front wings with the triangle three-celled, subtriangular space three-celled and at least three post- triangular rows; triangle on the hind wing two-celled. 6. The present specimens from Tepic closely resemble the ‘‘tenuzcincta’’ and ‘‘tenera’’ of the United States. The ZOooL.—VOL. I.] CALVERT—ODONATA. 405 males have.the brown spot on all the wings as described in the third paragraph. The variations in neuration are shown in the following tables :— Front WINGS. TRIANGLE. SUBTRIANGULAR SPACE. Number of 2-celled 3-celled | 2-celled individuals] 2-celled | 3-celled | one wing 3-celled | 2-celled | one wing | one wing both both 3-celled both both 2-celled | 1-celled quaiines. wings wings other wings | wings other other wing wing wing 2146 18 I 2 7 5 I 252 17 I 7 6 § 5 46 35 2 9 13 II 16 6 Hinp WINGs. ‘TRIANGLE. Number of - aw 3-celled 2-celled indivi 3-celled 2-celled 1-celle individuals one wing | one wing both both both tea ren « 2-celle 1-celle Seat wings wings wings other wing | other wing 2061 ° 14 I 3 2 252 I 21 fo) 2 I 45 I 35 I 5 3 1 Not 21 as in the first table, as the hind wings of one male were destroyed. These tables seem to justify the conclusion that the num- ber of cells in these areas are not characters of specific value. Moreover, the data on which these tables are based permit the following statement: Varzations, symmetrical or asym- metrical, in the number of cells of any one of these three areas, viz., the triangle of the front wings, the triangle of 406 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. [PRoc. 3D SER. the hind wings, and the subtriangular space of the front wings, occur independently and entirely out of correlation with variations in the number of cells of either of the other two. (Both italicized statements apply to Perzthemzs only.) Lastly, these individuals from Tepic are larger than those from the eastern United States—abdomen, 4 13-15.5 mm., 2 15 mm.; hind wing, 6 18-21 mm., 2 20 mm. 41. Lepthemis vesiculosa Fabriczus. Libellula vesiculosa FasrR., Syst. Ent., 1775, p. 421. Lepthemts vesiculosa Kirpy, Cat. Odon., 1890, p. 39. 16 Mazatlan, Sept., 1894, Eisen and Vaslit. 36 IQ 66 Oct., 1894, 6é [x3 ce 46 1g 42. Lepthemis verbenata Hagen. Lepthemis verbenata HAGEN, Syn. Neur. N. Am., 1861, p. 162. 1 4, no locality or date, probably Tepic, Eisen and Vaslit. Hagen! followed by Kirby’ has referred verbenata to attala Selys, with mzthra Selys and annulata (pars) Ramb. as other synonyms. I think verdenata is specifically distinct on the following grounds :— 1. Selys’ description of attala* reads ‘‘abdomine cras- sulo brevi’’ an expression not applying to verbenata Hagen, the type of which I have studied in the Museum of Com- parative Zoology. 2. The same Museum contains a male and a female with pin-labels in de Selys’ handwriting, ‘‘Libellula isis De Selys Bresil.”’ They were, therefore, probably regarded 1 Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vot. XVIII, 1875. p. 74. 2 Cat. Odon., 1890, p. 40. 3 Sagra Hist. Cuba Ins., p. 445. Zoou.—VOL. I.] CALVERT—ODONATA. 407 by him as distinct from his a¢ta/a, but they are the same species as verbenata—and were so placed by Dr. Hagen. 3. Specimens whose abdomens do correspond with ‘‘crassulo brevi’’ were left by Dr. Hagen under distinct specific labels, ‘‘A7. mzthra Selys’’ and ‘‘M/. annulosa Selys’’ in a separate drawer in the same Museum. 4. Neither the collections there nor in Philadelphia con- tain any transitional forms between the thick-abdomined annulosa-attala-mithra group and the slender-abdomined verbenata. I have not been able to find any other constant character separating these. The nearest approach thereto is in the proportions of the terminal abdominal appendages of the male. In the majority of males of verbenata the inferior appendage is one-third shorter than the superiors and does not reach as far back as the inferior denticles thereof. In the attala-mithra-annulosa group, the inferior appendage is very little shorter—one-sixth to one-eighth—than the supe- riors and reaches farther back than the last denticle of the latter. A male of verbenata from Cuba by Poey'! closely approaches the proportions of the other group, however. That attala, mzthra and annulosa are species distinct from each other appears improbable. Annu/osa Selys® has the dark brown spot at the base of the hind wings reaching to the triangle, in a¢ta/a and mzthra it does not extend so far, mithra being distinguished by its narrower (9.5 mm.) hind wings from a¢ta/a* (11 mm.) In no individual of verbenata does the brown at the base of the hind wings reach farther out than the first antenodal. The distribution of the slender bodied verbenata is Cuba (Poey), Hayti (Uhler), Jamaica (Bath by Mrs. Swainson, Kingston by C. W. Johnson and W. J. Fox), Mazatlan, Mexico, Oct., 1873 (Crotch), Porto Cabello, Venezuela (Appun), Surinam (Thorey), Brazil (Selys); of the 1 In the Mus. Comp. Zool. 2 1.c., p. 445. ® Selys 1. c., pp. 445, 446. 408 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. ([PrRoc. 3D SER. thick-bodied annulosa, etc., is Cuba (Gundlach, Poey), Rio Janeiro (Winthem) and Paramaribo (Thorey), Brazil. These studies on verbenata caused me to study the char- acters separating the ‘‘genera’’ Lepthemzs and Mesothemis, and I have been able to find no constant character other than the shape of the abdomen. Verbenata is from this point of view a Lepthemis, attala-mithra-annulosa, a Meso- themis. A surprise was to find, from an examination of the type, that credula Hagen' is also a Mesothemis. Il. SuppLEMENTARY NOTES ON THE ODONATA OF Baja CALIFORNIA. 16.2. Aschna cornigera Brauer. i schna cornigera CALVERT, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 2d Ser., Vol. IV, 1893-94, p. 507, Pl. XV, figs. 24, 31, 32. I have studied Brauer’s male type in the K. K. Hofmu- seum at Vienna and found the following differences in neu- ration from my description :— Front wings: 15 (right) 14 (left) antecubitals, 11 (right) 9 (left) postcubitals, 4 (right) 3 (left) [sub] median cross-veins. Hind wings: 11 (right) 1o (left) antecubitals, 13 (right) 12 (left) postcubitals. Dimensions: Total length 58 mm.; abdomen 44 mm.; superior appendages 4.75 mm.; front wing 41 mm.; hind wing 40 mm.; pterostigma 2.5 mm. I do not think that these measurements indicate specific difference. 24. Tramea longicauda Brauer (?) var. Tramea longicauda CALVERT, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 2d Ser., Vol. IV, 1893-94, p. 514, Pl, XVII, figs. 88, 89. I have studied Brauer’s male type of this also at Vienna. It differs from my description as follows :— Male. Superior appendages 4.5 mm. long (8+9-+10o=5 mm., 9+10=3 mm.) Inferior appendage not quite half as long as the superiors, but 1 Syn. Neur. N. Am., p. 184. 2 The numbers refer to the species mentioned in a former report. Proc. Cal, Acad. Sci., 2d Ser., Vol. IV, 1893-94. Zoot.—Vot. I.] CALVERT—ODONATA. 409 reaching beyond their denticles. Penis partly protruded, the genitalia there- fore not readily examined, but apparently similar. Color of the veins at base of the wings darker, perhaps faded. Veins in the basal band of the hind wings brown, not yellow; the pale tract along the anal margin of these wings not obscurely yellowish, but uncolored and narrower (three cells at most). Front wings with eleven antecubitals, rz (right) ro (left) postcubitals. Dimensions: Pterostigma of front wings 274 mm., of hind wings 24% mm. Total length 49 mm.; abdomen 32 mm.; hind wing 4o mm. I still retain this provisional name for the two males from Baja California. 29. Paltothemis lineatipes Aarsch. Dythemis russata (HAGEN MS.) CALveRT, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 2d Ser., Vol. IV, 1893-94, p. 526, Pl. XVI, figs. 46-49. Paltothemis lineatipes Karscu, Berl. Ent. Zeit., Bd. XX XIII, 1889, p. 363; CALVERT, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. XXVIII, 1898, p. 312, Pl. I, figs. 1, 8, 9. I-have studied Dr. Karsch’s type, from Brazil, in the Museum fir Naturkunde, Berlin. I must plead guilty to having overlooked his description when writing on this species. The statement ‘‘der vierte Ring mit einer Quer- kante versehen’’ is erroneous, as such does not exist in the type, nor in mine. The type has the frons red, not ‘‘gelb.”’ I have seen three males and one female of this species from Merida in the Vienna Museum, and in the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Cambridge are two males and one female from Arizona and one male from Texas. 39. Cannacria furcata Hagen. Cannacria furcata CALVERT, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 2d Ser., Vol. IV, 1893-94, p. 548, Pl. XVII, figs. rro-113. I gave as a character distinguishing furcata from Bateszz Kirby that the superior appendages of the male Bateszz had no inferior tooth, basing this statement on Mr. Kirby’s figure. An examination of the types in the British Museum showed this to be false and that such a tooth does exist. The black dorsal band on 3 or 4-9, however, distinguishes Bateszz from furcata, and causes it to resemble gravida Calv. 410 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. [PRoc. 3D SER. Structurally, Bateszz is intermediate between furcata and gravida, as the apex of the superior appendages of the male is neither so tapering as in the former nor so rounded as in the latter, while the anterior lamina is more prominent than in furcata, less prominent than in gravzda. An examina- tion of specimens in the British Museum marked Cannacria Smitha Kirby! failed to show any specific differences from furcata. Ill. Nores on Some oF THE INTERNAL ORGANS. I have dissected a number of individuals of various spe- cies both from Baja California and from Tepic. Attention was chiefly paid to the thoracic and abdominal ganglia and to the gizzard. The prothoracic pair of ganglia is always distinct from the mesothoracic, but the interval between this latter and the metathoracic pair varies, although it is rarely as great as that between pro- and mesothoracic or as long as are either the meso- or metathoracic ganglia themselves; such an infre- quent case is that of Heterzna americana. In Lestes tenuatus, Archilestes grandis, Mecistogaster ornatus, Argia agriotdes, Erythragrion salvum, Herpetogomphus elaps, Diplax cor- rupta and Dythemis sterzlis, more or less of an interval was apparent separating the mesothoracic from the metathoracic pair. In Orthemis ferruginea and Mesothemis simplicicollis var. collocata there was no such appreciable interval. These results are not important, however, as it is very difficult to define exactly just how great the interval may be, or to avoid all tension on the parts in dissection. More important is the variation in the position of the first pair of abdominal ganglia. The usual statement has been that it is located in the first abdominal segment of all Odo- nata. In Heterina americana, Lestes tenuatus, Archilestes grandis, Mecistogaster ornatus, Argia agrioides, Erythrag- rion salvuum, Ischnura Ramburi var. credula, all Zygop- tera, the first abdominal pair of ganglia lie in the hind part 1 Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 6th Ser., Vol. XIV, 1894, p. 266. Zoou.—VOL. I.] CALVERT—ODONATA. 411 of the metathorax, distinctly removed from the abdominal segment, while in Anaw junius, Herpetogomphus elaps, Pantala hymenea, Tramea onusta, Pseudoleon superbus, Orthemis ferruginea, Dythemts sterilis, Trithemis bastfusca, Micrathyria Hagent, Diplax corrupta and Mesothemis stm- plicicollis var. collocata (all Anisoptera) the first pair is located in segment 1 or at its articulation with the second abdominal segment. How this difference (which I do not find noticed in the literature) is brought about is yet to be investigated; all young larve hitherto studied, whether of the Zygoptera or the Anisoptera, have eight abdominal ganglia, located in the first eight abdominal segments. In all the species above mentioned the other six abdominal ganglia of the imago (the imagos have but seven abdominal ganglia) are located as usual in segments 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8. The study of the gizzard was prompted by the recent publication of Dr. F. Ris’ valuable and interesting paper on this neglected organ." The gizzard, as in other insects, is at the posterior termi- nation of the foregut, where it projects into an invagination of the front end of the midgut, thus forming a valve. It has been stated by previous authors, including the writer and Dr. Ris,’ that in all the Odonate groups the junction of fore- and midgut lies in the second abdominal segment. Much to my surprise, therefore, I found its position, and, therefore, that of the gizzard, to be very variable, as the following shows:— In Heterina americana the gizzard was found to lie in the fourth, fifth or sixth abdominal segments in different individuals; in Zestes tenuatus in the sixth; in Archzlestes grandis in the fourth or the sixth; in MJeczstogaster ornatus opposite the articulation of the sixth and seventh; in Argza agrioides, A. pulla, Erythragrion salvum, and Ischnura Ramburi var. credula in the sixth; in Anax junzus in the 1 Zoologische Jahrbiicher, Bd. IX, 1896, pp. 596-624. Summary in Ent. News, February, 1897, P. 39. 2 1c., p. 606, 412 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. [PrRoc. 3D SER. second; in Pantala hymenea, Pseudoleon superbus, Micra- thyria Hagent and Dythemis stertlis in the third; in Orthe- mis ferruginea, Trithemts basifusca, Tramea onusta, and Mesothemis simplicicollis var. collocata in the fourth. In the preparation of the chitinous linings of the gizzards described below, care was taken to open them along the mid-dorsal line, an essential precaution in the case of the Anisoptera though not so necessary in the Zygoptera, where the small calibre of the alimentary canal renders this quite difficult. Fie. 1.*—Chitinous lining of the gizzard of Heterina americana Fabr., male, from Tepic. (Camera lucida drawing, Reichart oc. 4, Leitz obj. 3, draw-tube out). *The following explanation applies to the four text figures. These figures show the chitinous teeth with which the gizzards are armed, while the lines represent the folds into which the chitin is thrown, following the foldings of the other coats of the foregut. In their natural position the teeth, with one exception noted in the text for A7pgia agri- odes, point backwards. Although my preparations of the gizzard of Heterima americana are not entirely satisfactory, I believe that they are sufficiently so to justify the statement that the armature of the chitinous coat here consists of a girdle of four folds, each covered with a great number of very minute teeth (.002 mm. long) for a length of about .52 mm. and a width of .o5 mm. There are no large teeth and no intermediate tooth-bearing folds. . The armature of the gizzard of Archilestes grandis agrees with that described and figured by Dr. Ris’ for Lestes virens 11.c., p. 615. ZOOL.—VOL. I.] CALVERT—ODONATA. 413 —eight fields covered with minute teeth .oo5 mm. long, four of which are wider than the other four and alternate with them. The wider fields have a width of .13-.15 mm. and a length of .45 mm., the narrow fields are .o8-.1 mm. wide and .4 mm. long. A wide field occasionally bears also a single large tooth .o3-.04 mm. long. Lestes tenuatus appears to be similar to Lestes virens. The gizzard of MJecistogaster ornatus is lined with such extremely small teeth that their examination is a matter of some difficulty. I believe that I can distinguish sixteen fields whose width is alternately greater and less, although the difference between a wide and a narrow field is not as great as in Archilestes, and which are separated from each other by intervals narrower than the fields themselves. The teeth are smaller than those of Heterina americana, and I can find no larger teeth. = ONG — (e) | ie Fin fa Eh DR Aim, Nifarh poe aia fics Et F F Lf bh Fic. 2.Chitinous lining of the gizzard of Argta fulla Selys, male, from Tepic. (Camera lucida drawing, Reichert oc. 2, Leitz obj. 7, draw-tube in). In Argia pulla there are eight folds (/) not very greatly chitinized, .15—.18 mm. long, each bearing from six to nine strong, straight or slightly curved, sharp-pointed teeth .o15— .o2 mm. long. With these eight folds there usually, but not always, alternate shorter and narrower folds (/), which bear from one to three teeth of the same shape and size. 414 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, [PRoc. 3D SER. Sor sg F’ Ff BO f 3 PEL PCR fhe f Fic. 3.—Chitinous lining of the gizzard of Avgia agrioides Calvert, female, from Baja California. (Camera lucida drawing, Reichert oc. 4, Leitz obj. 3, draw-tube out). In Argia agrioides the arrangement is similar, but the eight large folds themselves show an alternation, four of them (/) being .26-.3 mm. long and bearing twelve to twenty- four curved, sharp-pointed teeth .o2-.03 mm. long, while .I mm. behind the posterior end of each of these four folds is a patch’ .o5 mm. long of ten to twelve small teeth .005 mm. long, which are directed anteriorly. The other four (F’) of the eight large folds are .15—.2 mm. long, and bear ten to seventeen teeth, of the same shape and size as on the preceding four folds; these teeth are consequently closer together, but there are no patches of small teeth following. The eight small folds (/) bear from one to nine teeth like those of the eight large folds. \ Ae : Fic. 4.—Chitinous lining of the gizzard of Zrythragrion saluumm Hagen, male, from Baja California. (Camera lucida drawing, Reichert oc. 4, Leitz obj. 3, draw-tube out). In Erythragrion saloum there are eight larger folds, .13 mm. long, bearing six to nine straight, sharp teeth .007—.026 mm. long, so arranged that on each fold they increase in 1 Only three of these patches which follow folds (#) are shown in fig. 3; the fourth, or that nearest the left hand, was accidentally omitted by the engraver. Zoou.—VOL. I.] CALVERT—ODONATA. 415 length from before backwards. Alternating with these eight larger folds are usually one or two teeth .or8—.025 mm. long, these teeth thus corresponding to the eight small folds of Argva. In /schnura Ramburii var. credula, the eight large folds are .26 mm. long and bear fourteen to eighteen teeth .O15—.02 mm. long. The eight small folds are represented by shorter patches covered with minute granulations but without teeth. For Anax junius and Herpetogomphus elaps my results agree completely with Dr. Ris’ for the subfamilies A‘sch- nine and Gomphine. The chitinous coat of the gizzard is covered with minute granulations, without differentiation into fields, which likewise extend throughout a very con- siderable part of the foregut. A similar granulation exists in the gizzard of the Libel- lulinee, but with this difference, that it is denser immedi- ately surrounding the four ‘‘tolerably thin, translucent, chitinous platelets with irregular contours’’ which take the place of the teeth of the larval gizzard in this subfamily. These chitinous platelets are visible to the naked eye in the preparations, being often 1.5 mm. in length or longer. As Dr. Ris pointed out, they are bilaterally symmetrical in their arrangement and their shape. I have found differ- ences to exist in their relative lengths and widths which I here place on record, although it would be rash to assume that these particulars represent specific or generic charac- ters until a larger number of individuals have been studied. As to length, all four platelets were found to be approx- imately equal in Pantala hymenea and Pseudoleon superbus, the ventral pair somewhat longer.than the dorsal pair in Tramea onusta, Dythemis sterilis and Micrathyria Hagent, shorter than the dorsal pair in Orthemis ferruginea and Diplax corrupta. The ventral pair were found distinctly broader posteriorly than anteriorly in Pantala hymenea, Pseudoleon superbus and Diplax corrupta, tapering and pointed posteriorly in Tramea onusta, Orthemis ferruginea, Dythemis sterilis and Micrathyria Hagenz. 416 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. [PRoc. 3D SER. The gizzard of many more Odonata must be studied before it will be safe to draw phylogenetic conclusions from its armature, and for this reason I prefer not to offer any suggestions on this subject based on the present results. I may remark that Dr. Ris has said that Lestes appears to him to be ‘‘farther removed from the typical Agrionine than even the Pseudostigma group [to which Jeczstogaster belongs], perhaps even than the majority of the Caloptery- gine.’ To me it seemed that the principal character of Lestes, viz., that the median and subnodal sectors part from the principal sector much nearer the arculus than the nodus, was a strong reason for regarding this Légion as nearest to the Calopteryginz. Nevertheless, one of the soundest results which Dr. Ris has obtained from his studies is, I think, the evidence for the close relationship between the Cordulegasterine and the Libellulide, and of this evidence the gizzard furnishes an important part. As to the function of the gizzard in those species in which it is provided with large teeth, I have attempted to form an idea by comparing the size of the fragments in the alimentary canal posterior to the gizzard with fragments taken from in front of this organ. Such an examination made under the microscope in the case of Argva agriozdes has failed to show any appreciable difference in the size of the fragments composing the two samples. It may be said, however, that the particles taken from behind the gizzard were less compactly massed than those from in front, and the teeth of the gizzard may have had a part in producing this result. Further, if the teeth of the gizzard really do aid in comminuting the food, one would not be surprised to find that the mandibles and maxille of species with toothed gizzards were less tuberculate and ridged than in species where the gizzard is not toothed. A comparison of the mouth-parts of Argza agriozdes and Anax junius, as repre- sentatives of these two conditions of gizzard, respectively, does not seem to bear out this expectation, as the only greater complexity possessed by the latter appears to be two long spines on the maxillz, wanting in the former. PHILADELPHIA, Dec. 17, 1897. ZOOL.—VOL. I.] CALVERT—ODONATA. INDEX TO GENERA AND SPECIES MEXICAN ODONATA. New species in full face, synonyms in #talics. ZESCHNAY =) 2) 50. CREE 6 Go 8 Go 016 608 6 O80 cornigera luteipennis macromia ADA UTES 55 oo oo Oooo oO DO NaCI G glo ooo boo GS Agrion amerwana. ......+..-s GEERT 460.9086 bb 1p po O08 extraneunt QHAE? oon op e880 6 bla oa Anatya normalis.......... Anax amazili Archilestes Gailey 255 5665500 0.06 grandis Argia extranea fissa Harknessi insipida 660.6 0 8.00 MMA 6 555 Oe oo Ob SO BELONIA funerea.. .-...+-+- Brechmorhoga mendax....... POSIUCPENA 5 boo oon Doo O86 CALOPTERYGIN = Cannacriamturcatay-i rane) Celithemts superba Cyclophylla elongata. .*...... WIGS. Pio oi ono foO6 9 9 010 Dythemis egualis Broadwayt mendax... TURAL 6 oo oa de 66 0.4.0 55 steriis velox var. (?) nigrescens... . velox var. sterilis ........ ERPETOGOMPHUS €e/afs . OPIGAES oboe wea beh eo o0 Erythragrion salvum........ GoMPHINZ Gynacantha sp. HERPETOGOMPHUS elaps viperinus Heterina americana IsCHNURA Ramburii var. credula . LEPTHEMIS verbenata........- VEST ig ioe 6 a old\0 o0!'s 6 Lestes grandis . LEAUALA AM Rte eae oR lili odieyb (WSUPEMTES 5 OG ole. oo 6 OG 6 5,0 Libellula domttia........... SCTTUPINCA, se a a ow te HGR o oo aon oOo aoa ODS LLEASA ees Ee a a o mitts ob OOS emo ob a OO UTGHE 2 clooo ees ee d PE DURTET 9905 p01 Boo 6/8 CURE 6.6 9. 6)10'6 a0 ol be be ibellulinice www ii ence nn ie MACROTHEMIS tyuttans. . . 1... -- ENE 6 ooo Po boob OOO inequiunguis .......... pseudimitans .......... Mecistogaster ormatus ....... Mesothemts lotta ....... Miathyria marcella......... PUSHES GHG boo oo ba 8 Simi plexaiasire- etter etoile Micrathyria, sp. 0 ‘Diata, 6b /b)on0 6 zequalis 2 BESS Gon bo DOO oOo OO ORTHEMIS ferruginea. ....... PALTOTHEMIS lineatipes ...... Perithemis domitia......... Pseudoleon superbus ........ SYMPETRUM illotum ........ TRAMEA longicauda... ..... LtRUENS SB Gb o ood do BO Criigel snaccoagogdgaca SETHE 6 oo 60 e010 0100, 0.0.0 Trithemis basifusca......... funerea Montezuma .......... 407 418 Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. [PRoc. 3D SER. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXvV. All the figures were drawn with the aid of a camera lucida, with the optical combinations oc. 2, obj. 3, Leitz, or oc. 4, obj. AA, Zeiss. 13. Vulvar lamina of Herpetogomphus viperinus SELys, female. Vulvar lamina of Herpetogomphus claps SELYS, female. Apex of the abdomen of Lestes tenuatus RAMBUR, male. The right superior appendage is represented as broken off near the base toshow the right inferior appendage (iz. app.) below it; 7uf. app. is homologous to the part marked ap. at. in fig. 5; app. d., appendix dorsalis of Heymons, or tergum of the eleventh seg- ment, which is homologous with the inferior appendage in figs. 5, 7 and 13. Left side of the apex of the abdomen of Argia pulla SELYs, male. The same of Herpetogomphus viperinus SELYS, male; see the explanation of figure 3. Aff. dat., appendix /ateralis (sternite of eleventh segment) of Heymons. Left side of apex of abdomen of Argia Harknesst, sp. nov., male. Right side of apex of abdomen of Macrothemis inacuta CALVERT, male. Left side of apex of abdomen of Argia extranea HAGEN, male. Left side of the genitalia of the second abdominal segment of Anatya normalis, sp. nov., male, the insect being held upside down, as also in figs. ro and 12. The same of Wacrothemts inacuta CALVERT, male. Left side of apex of abdomen of Argia fissa SELYS, male. Left side of the genitalia of the second abdominal segment of Brechmorhoga postlobata CALVERT, male. Right side of apex of abdomen of Azatya normalis sp. nov., male. SIGNIFICANCE OF REFERENCE LETTERS. In figs. 9, Io and 12— al. anterior lamina. gl. genital lobe. hk. hamule. ih. internal branch of hamule. p- penis. sh. external branch of hamule. z. posterior tubercle of genital lobe. up. vesicle of the penis. Proc. Gan Acan.Scr.3" Ser Zoo. Vol [CatverT] PuaTi Sa ee |. Herpetogomphus viperinus. 4. Argia pulla. 3. Lestes tenvatus. 2. Herpetoyomphus elaps. i ie 6. Argie Harkness’. 5. Herpetogomphus viperinus. = Ul. Argia fissa. 12. Brechmorhoga post/obata. SD 13. Anatya normalis, @ LIVE BRITTON & REY, SE. Peay PAN ¢ Mi ' INDEX TO VOLUME I. New genera and species in full face, synonyms in #talics. ACANTHOCTENUS spinigerus. . ... 277 PACA TIN Aural ie ott =tt 291 Acartaucheniusinsanus ...... 242 Acrosoma funebre ......... 249 muah op ob oe ob OG OO” 250 meCheEN 54 Gob Gobo Galo 250 TUTSOEEY 6 6) tn Jo, BLOT ad oo cuo-o 250 I2-spinosum ........... 250 ACtinialCavernOSay an ele) lie) einen 347 Admetus asperatipes ........ 289 COMMENCES 555 6g Go Uo O06 289 LBTIIGA op ig oo bo 56 86 9.009 387 Cite Go ao cdalc bob Od 66 387 COMBI, 5664000 ud ob uD 408 eS 4 6b 6 aa 4 oo alo, 6EY/ TMECGOUE, 56 'G 6 od 000 85.0 387 AOA WIES 4 bg aha 6/05 alo 6 387, 415 Agalena californica. ........ 231 TEE 265.06 640 Oo 80 08 231 OnE of co 500 Gb dodo 231 PROIE (5146.00 d10 51010 6a 9, ZEB peninsulana.......... 231 Agalenideyy 3) 3)... 230 Agrion americana ....++..+.. 372 CILAUINIAG MMM -Inol- alt =f ths 384 CXLTANEUTE Vee 6 «0 Je) «01 @ 380 GEE Goo pabad wads td 383 Agrionine ...... OK 374, 416 INNES 5 poo Gob ose oon ads 352 Altellaspolitayene wee l=) =i) 1 233 Amaurobius peninsulanus .... 232 Amblystoma microstomum 100, 104 IMME» 566.66 5506's Bod BON 80 Amceba myzostomatis ....... 49 IMT, (5 bg oolong o' 8 Gb 'd.0 357 Amphinomide ......... 153, 159 Amphitrite ...... 169, 171, 172, 173 OME oo taadoc ogo 0 6 174 i vnyaenyne 6 6G pn ono too - 80 Anatyaanomala........ . 401 PENA ci 5 6 Bo Gd oD Oo OO 401 motrmalis.......... 371, 400 ASAxy AMAZE oes elle eiret ii 371, 387 THOUS. Eaian dl ote HHONENe 411, 415, 416 “ne & ob o'o,. o.oo oO dio oO ao0 165 Anyphena futilis..... a.0.0 0.0 CLAS Aphroditide........ . 156 [419] Aphrosylus celtiber direptor RSE Goons donoae5 oO grassator Key to Species of IEINE! CF GG%G Oa AIG 6 Oo 0 00 predator raptor venator INANUNESS. 6 a6 Goo oO GoGo californica grandis Arenicola antillensis INGSE 6 Gg aolagoom ooo do 9 agrioides bipunctulata extranea. . fissa insipida pulla.... Argiope argentata personata transversa Argyra Argyrodes americanus larvatus Argyroepeira argentea argyra maura EWEN, Go Gig.6 a, 5.0'b 0 01010 6 Ascidia geometrica ......... Aspidonectes spinifer........ Asterias ochracea troschelii IMECEDS 6 og Doo ooo Oa oO 0} INGTON Gr 16 G0 1G O10 OOO obo 6 peninsulanus ......... Aulonia funerea Axolotl Azilia guatemalense. ........ mexicana ........... 145 149 146 150 150 145 145 375 420 BATHYPHANTES formica. ......- tragica transversus Belonia funerea.....-..- Brechmorhoga grenadensis mendax nubecula pertinax . postlobata DHISo oo S00 To aD Da OG sallei Bunodes Buthus carolinianus. ........ CALOPTERYGINE Cannacria batesii furcata. .. gravida SmMyl, ooo po oo Oa OS Caponide (CAiRAUEIAENS 6 515 6 6 5 6615 oOo Celithemis superba Ceratinopsis rosea... Cesonia bivittatus.........- mexicana ttivittata)) moe ie) Ghelanopsispy fi serie) eli) iis Oblon gush wen -e-te- ariel Chelifer scabrisculus Chelyosoma macleayanum Productiumyy alt t-j- Chiracanthium albens TSG 5 'o 5 G o'0'5 O00 6 patvulum Ghordodes\am-wemesii-te-it-ti-t-inaie albibarbatus bedriage furnessi gordtoides morgani occidentalis pardalis PMSAUIS oo poe a oO o-0 Chorizomma pallens cad) oo) 0 Chrysometa alboguttata ...... Chrysopetalum debile fragile occidentale Chrysso splendida......... Cleobis hirsuta. .........-- peninsulanus Clubiona complicata........ Clubionidze Coelotes exaptus Cordulegasterinze Corinna peninsulana Cryptochiton stelleri Ctenidz CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 277 [Proc. 3D SER. Ctenusisp- ine anne ne 277 Hi bertalis i msmei- iM nlAi- iii weie 277 PKI 55555000500 277 Cyclophylla elongata ........ 384 Cyclosayconicay-p-ien onan nenenanne DO: WSS, Godson ooo ooo 58 256 COAG sooo ooos000000 285 (SOIR goo o500c 00 dn 06 285 Gyreneidelectapu-ne--iiit-me amie 285 Cyrtophora fusiformis . .. . . 207, 256 IDEM I Go oo hoo oo Hoo OS 290 formidabilis. ...... .-. 289, 290 Gabemhebtt Gop basco od oO 290 jgerebebel sé 5 5 665009000 290 Dendryphantes sp. = -) = =) =) === = 284 MINS sooscaonbeoas 284 RIES 5.6.0 50,06,0.0 s19:4 05 284 WES, 0 .o\6.0,0.0 10.0 0,00 0 9 005 284 Dicaldamnosav ecu malted nei mielt 204. DiapontialsSp aaa keane neni a 272 IWIGSAA SI of 00 09500305 233 ENESEY 9 colo ob 6 009 0005 232 Mita tae wena eee SS GHINEME, 5 piolo.oeo0 3:0 0g 515 232 Geel 5 oo goood 002090 233 IDEHAWCES 5 5G 000000000 48 232 Diguetiarcanites/: mercy ew! Hn 209 Diemyctylus torosus ........ 79 viridescens - 76, 81, 91, 93, 99, 100 Diplax corrupta 410, 411, 415 WS io 5600050010900 0- 401 Dolichopodidz 150 DLITIWNIG soossgsecdcasa¢ 150 Dolomedes major. .......-.- 276 At OL vate e-em 276 merce a ooo gon soe 6 OW Drasside....... o 4.0 215 Drassodes perditus. ........- 216 Drassus orizgaba ......-...-- 215 singularis 215 Dynamius opimus........ - 283 Dy sd eridcemy ami eion siti itil ite 212 Dythemis eguals .........-. 400 Broad wayt a1.) im i=) im) =) (=) \=)) = 390 EL ES OO B10 60161610 0 2) S91 AIS sk bn00o Se oc OOO 409 stertlis. . - - 390, 410, 411, 412, 415 velox var. nigrescens 390 velox var.sterilis ........ 390 Espo mexicana ..........- 265 IWMI, Gio a 6is'o as Go da 147 Entychides dugesii.........- 208 Epeira balustina ......... 252 bivariolata............ 252 CANCET Te Meena f= tT Roll 249 caudata...-...-.,... 255, 256 QUITS NG, geo Soe FS a6 3/36 253, CHANG 5 colss cod ss 2 - 253 Zoou.—VOL. I.] INDEX. detrimentosama mse i ernie 253 HOliatampmemrpi rtm aires retracts 255 ASME ob Goh bao poo Os 252 ENNIO. gic (6 bol ord be 255 PIOBEERY. 5 ian ab a 6 0) 020g O10 254 rh 566 ola o oo aélo 255 WOME 6 co oc oo ed bos 253 WOE ooo odan oon doe 6 252 IES ARIMIGED 5 515 Golo 6 O00 6 254 ETM 6 8 88 OO ero oF6 253 Wer plexager meme neenrae 251 Dlacidare- scien -meweelto-nais 254 PRMMNA Sosgoodooob oD 253 SclopetarinS mewn arin e254) Sittotilarishec-i fein sion- ie 252 SOLEZSTOLQES Marea tates nici 254 GHG 6 co old oloo 666506 Pal Binks gretatioua obi -- 254 trivittata 252, 254 HAA ORTMENA Son So ooo oo 251 VEKLeDLat au memem cua imeenieitementcars 254 COLIGAIID 6.016 0 pot 6.0 ob 0d 6 254 Visio Goa 0 ob OG 252, 254 zilloides BD OMTUnEO Drona OIBueek IPSREES. o po ope Goo oo ens 249 Erigone dentimandibula........ 242 Erpetogomphus claps ......... 386 UNG 6600060 060 0066 385 Erythragrion salvum. . 383, 410, 411, 414 JOEL. 0) 10 16,1000 6..610-8 610-5 66 165 Eugnatha orizaba 5.0000 eh PAIGE 6 Gold pbs de aon om PS LEGS GG 0b 8 Opa p oho oneEGLO! One 165 Euophrys obscurus ........ 286 Euphrosyne arctia......... 159 anmadill Oem - - 159 atiratiti aca aan cme 157, 159 Mmeditertan caus -n sme mti trea 158 MVM 56 566056406 b0 «~ - 158 Huphrosynide ....... 153, 156, 157 IDPS OpHiS) MIDS 5 6 ae 5 b olan a 237 Eurypelma caniceps .:....... 208 HONE o a 8 6 bod 60 Be ono BOS PURE 5 6 '5 6 dd 6 gig oo oo 208 STG ERMEM 5 6656505 O10 206 Eurythoé californica ....... 159 complatiatagy aw -itain sein oie 161 PEGE Sc oboooadooac 161 var. levukaénsis....... 161 Evagrus mexicanus......... 208 muyofatkhsSin 4 4 oo a uo a old 208 IXUCTATE 0 00 B68 oh 6/0" 6 166 FILISTATA hibernalis........ 208 UGECEINGES 5 5 cco wo 06 oo edie 208 RUSSHteMAmeLatiticameyey ln eee) 176 MlOLOniaTadStrictalairsen nas) nial 245 Forbessella tessellata........ 329 PAGES a Ho!) SrerG creme iota .o ena 147 GAMASOMORPHA rufa........ 211 Gasteracantha cancriformis..... GUMEOCES ¢ so bc o anc co hexacantha rufospinosa velitarts Gayenna ignayva minuta orizaba Geabheptaronururm cm-l Mime arene Glenognatha emertoni ....... Sabet) Gd oo ob Golo oO OO Glyphis aspera Gnaphosa abnormis bicolor deceptayice ciate entre distincta SCrica tamiemenmeuralrs Gnaphoseze (Gom pit ce aye mr itinerant en mats Gomphoides pacifica Gordiacea, Key to the Species of . . Gordius alfredipee ion ieee ey cara AQUATICUS sentient aquaticus difficilis . . . aquaticus robustus. . . densareolatus 336, 339, latasteiyMapairelcirely cea 6.016 SCRA or graigua Bota taw ore, b lo IWTEENITS boc ol hey doa 6 longareolatus .. . . 334, 339, platy ceplialiss-semaei-t mn arae pleskeivianee-e etree ieee raphaelis TAUNTSIS 6 Guclo clols bd oo oo Grammonota gentilis nigricepsi.ic sie) es eee Gynacanthaus pine ienene ona iets 334, 339, HABROCESTUM sp. . az teCanti tien -n-il-na nonin cinctipes CCH Cob enon oo 6 O° COASTS) oS 6.566 SG ob cristatum divaricatim roe) eae dorsalis Halosydna brevisetosa. . .... Sragilis GAMES 65.5 6 60 VHGED 000 9 0 a8 Bo od ooo ee oles Hamataliwa grisea Harmothoé INE 5 Oooo OOD imbricata CMMI Y 55650005 0 c10 422 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. Helorus perditus.......... 283 Elevmadton my aena aceite int 165 Herpetogomphus boa........ 386 Copy oiosdc000005 386 QPS ceasso0otsoece 386 crotalinus.......... 385, 386 designatus............ 386 GEPSo Soon 6 9 386, 410, 411, 415 MONMESt Gooaooood 09 386 TASebhiS Go 560650040 00 Shh Shs Hersilia mexicana .........-. 211 ersiliid wayne alien neiit o abt Heteerina americana. 372, 410, 411, 412, 413 WSETEY G6 6 ob 6D 6159 6 OOO 373 Heteropale........-....-. 162 Webhe) pn e50 6000 156, 162, 163 Heteropoda venatoria ..... 207, 266 Hexagrammios decagrammus. . . . 368 Holothuria californica ....... 177 Homalyonchus selenopoides .... 214 Hypsinotus mexicanus ...... 229 testacetis..-3........ 229 IDEORONCUS mexicanus...... 289 ODSCHTUS HEM Mnen AI i-it- tl nenecls 289 Ischnura Ramburii var. credula. . 384, 410, 411, 415 JET oo bo oO oA ob on Db Oo 166 LEGHIB o Goo oo eo oD ooo 28 166 Iariniabellona...........- 257 GUA, Blo biota & 0 O16 0 oO Blo 8 257 Lathrodectes mactans ....... 237 Lepidametria commensalis.... . 174 OG EITDABR cocopodegse obs 165 RGR 5006060 co Ob os 179 BAU po og on COO R OOD 167 ZOIGID Oo cCoo cack oo Ss O0 167 UZCB eo dia 0} po 6 6 D600 0 175 SCULMALL Wo Neliotneli-tt-Mi-i =I iii oie 154 USMC 5b oo Sb 0c oo 9008 80 CESS oocus eb ooo noe 6 - 80 Hyepthemisiem mmm init eoMenen= 408 BZIUHR so obo oon eee SO 406 AE 5.5 6 66 1o Oo Bo oO DS 8 406 TEs ‘6 boo Bho 6 oOo 0 89 406 Wel beta tamn- me -ari-M iin ike i= n- i 406 VESMIOEY 5 Go oo ood ob OOo 406 Leptodrassus incertus....... 216 WOR PUED B6o 5600050000 374 HELIS 3 ao 8 Op a 04 6,5 6 0% 376 tenuatus. . . . 371, 376, 410, 411, 413 eS 6 6/6 ob los oda 6 412, 413 Libellula domitia........-.+.--. 402 VYORIGHED oo 6b Db oD BO MD 389 PRFUBsSasecaon0 dado 5 4 398 NEE. 610 0 dG ofo 6G 0°0 402, 404 ide 90400 6 0.0 poo O10 0-0 388 WIAA. oo oo 6 Oo ao Ss 6 402, 403 LEUICIZLCEC aaron ni 402, 403 MPU oo 5600000000 Go 406 [Proc. 3D SER. Hbellulinice mew. een eee 387 Linyphiacommunis......... 244 COCEMNES 5650 noaaa5 80 244 eiseniieeeie a a i eae ean 244 ISECSA bb bo aS obo ass 244 Masse Soo aoobo oso 244 Lithyphantes autumnalis.... . 240 WOW 65.665 5.6 5 6.5.5 515.0 206 medialiswer-m-n n-ne 240 parvilay ween iene 238 PUlchereweee mena 238, 239, 240 ptiicttilatayes jee ee 239 transversus .-.... ... 240 WEE ob Go 5 56080555 239 Loxosceles rufescens ....... 209 Lucapina crenulata. ... -.-.. 178 ey. COSAUS Daa menial 272 EGE 5 555550000006 268 babilietoniew sano a nee n eet 268 coloradensis........... 268 concolor iene ne 269 Gteniel G5 85 5 oo boo O6 269 Gombe 5 6 - coed co sooo 270 meshes 6 ooo Goo oa oOo 271 Gmemabtys so6bonaoop usa 268 OE, 5655 ocoa006 «= = 270 mexicana ......... 271, 272 persimilis)s---s-eenn 270 punctiventris ......... 269 Cane Good ap oo soo Od 268 IKGISCHDS obi oe Soo coo oS 268 MaACH#RIUM.......------ 145 maritimum ........... 150 Macrocystis pyrifera. .......- 158 Macrothemis .........- 389, 391 GAEMO soon os cacocoo 8 394 TEER 5 66/0090 06 Do 393, 394 WHI 56 o'4 65 5000 5 371, 395 meh 5 oss o5 59 394 pseudimitans .........-. 393 Mevia californica. ........--. 206 Mahadeva verrucosa ........- 250 Marptusa californica ........- 284 Pyles) 5 6 0g)00 50 O00 6 284 melanognatha.......... 285 Mastigonereis spinosa ......-.- 154 Mecistogaster ........--.-+-+ 377 ornatuS). - e 0s) s 377, 410, 411, 413 Megamyrmecion californicum . .. 220 WOLEFER 6 310) 6 0009 OS OOO DS 166 Mesothemis .........-.-.-- 408 annulosa....... cons o8 407 attal aig uri-W-it-nelie ite -ie- Wie nE=Ets 408 Cred ulaywm i Mencln el Moi timate 408 GHZ »so00006.000040 401 antivs G5 60 o0 cD ooo 0S 407 simplicicollis var. collocata. . 410, 411, 412 Meta alboguttata..... co405 00 258 ZooL.—VOL. I.] INDEX. Metridium dianthus. ........ 345 bpeeN 3 og 5 8 4 oo oO eo 345 MEM ANVEMION 59 5 5a5 606 345 Miathyria flavesceus ......- 389 TENCE gd el honed oo Bob 388 prs 5 gos bdo 6c Gate é 389 simplex oo Oo 6.0 6 olo lats) MicrathyriaySDapome ean ieiiies) eh -bis 400 Exe 9 5a) 5 ooo os - + 400 WES 2 5 ob goo Sesh Gilly Chey CI WEENIE By 5 5465 4 05 264 EUGENE, Cb4 oS boon Glo 206 conferta 261 COMI, 4607000015050 262 OOKE6 cone ogg ono 263 GHEY 556 5 oo 4 obo oe oo Asp MOI oo 4b 0096005 0 261 RESUS. 6 a 146 210 0010 Ole o 261 MOSHE, 56 6 6555 6a co tO 261 THONG 66/65 66 5 00 oud 262 peninsulana. . 263, 264 MOE) a co oo Ajo So 8 261 FIGOE | o oh G0 264 Mitsukurina . S10 odo Do :0, 18) ONAN S Solo ob Boo 6.6 Hol) Wiehe gee VG ES So Gla 5 5.n snc 201 WSUS 6 Go nooo oo Oo Bo 14 Nephilatclavipesi ses c-t-m-iin aay es 257 inasseltifeu- weit reine 207, 257 iets bo ae ewe ood oo 257 Neurigona . . Mer 150 INO pSHOValisymea-victena ia) ease 211 Stermalis ins genial ite eel: 212 IDET: OGG. G Onee oo. Ataren tole 166 ODONTASPIS ...... 201 CEcobiid emesis fe) us) a eleerene 210 Ofiosiconcolornessee ener 266 FASCICH ati Seat tee 266 ERMBNOS 66544 5006 267 giganteus 266 Inctvosaye eae 267 peninsulanus ... ..... 266 Conopidae seem mate 211 Ordgarius bisaccatus ........ 251 conigerus 251 corpulentus ........ 251 QED sadesngd48b0 006 250 Orthemis ferruginea 389, 410, 411, 412, 415 Ors@pGES ss c5c6 coon Odo 278 Oxyopes acutus .......... 279 Breve .c 6-6 Baw 6 bie alo ool 278 HENLE G 6 6 5 5 Gb 6 278 GENS CTE: Si Gnd Milos alee ho.) alo 278 PACHOMIUS niger. ......... 284 Pachylomerus pustulosus. ..... 208 LEWIS GED 5 ob oa ddoa Glo 153, 161 Paltothemis lineatipes ....... 409 Pantala hymenza bE Go boo God DOO VALAIS ee tieteet ok otremeehre pre 336, ECO oo ¢o0 dd doo oO 6 5 bellona californica . dilectagrus cm uck nn eee futilis . . medialis Milvinaey eee parallela peninsulana.... sabulosa .... Sietray- ion Pedipalpi Peisidice aspera Perithemis domitia Relcetianvitidansu-wuril-w-ar lll pienrs Phidippus arizonensis. . . disjunctus fraterntts ig aw wene eee funebris georgii . MEXICANS Weeden Men man ieee nigstopilosusi.w-a-u-i imo TimMAatOLipe wee Wiss key tein Philzus consimilis limbatus.... HUMES ogo oo Gok oo a} Pholoe Phyllospadix Physocyclus cornutus . . dugesi SIODOSUSH am mclesitediouiells mexicanus.... Plectana stellata PICCLreULIC ova ama annem iat ar- Plectreurys bicolor. .... Sear CARIEMGE 6 5 6565.0 - +. 208, tristismicwr- neue Meee enh re Pocobletus mexicanus....... Podophthalma sp........ Podophthalmidze Peecilochroa concinna POLVEUUO LT er onie ROG ATOS Giada aio 6 66 6’ Slo oO 000 brevisetosa. .... GENE) 0s, 65 Gl o.0'6 oo A BYo 6.6 S00 Gio 176, 178. Pigas ye --or eed 170, 172, lordi 175, 177, 178, ocella tami mra-iesiiat- itt polytricha pulchra reticulata ....... 169, 170, squamata 154, 166, 169, LUGE Gig BO tgso OO ol6 oO o°m G-0 423 339 339 276 275 206 274 274 273 273 276 275 273 274 179 174 179 169 182 177 174 174 164 424 CALIFORNIA Polynoide Porphyrops Prodidomidze wun imei oii en: IProsthesimarweie ae ieeaenieae ne atra completa directa HOI 5 Goo be boob ob Os gentilisee.)-e-ew- n-ne grisea. . indecisa mexicana yj i ce peninsulana valida Psammolyce Pseudoleon superbus. . Pseudoscorpionide ......... Psilochorus minutus........ Esilopusin-uemoncaey ei era Pyrrhosoma minimum ....... tenellitn se mememr ares 184, 389, 411, 412, RHYNCHOLOPHUS echinatus... . pedattisie tema ane ae ITSM 5 5605006000000 parva SABELLA pacifica .......... Sabellaria californica ........ Salamandra maculosa........ Scorpena guttata. ....... Scytodes bajula.. . fusca ns AT ae Ro tet entrees lineatipes longipes Mexicant Ss scene ee perfectanene ercher ture ore thoracica Scytodid cymes nen nen area eee Sebastes marinus SS bUSS 6). Gilg Gob 6 one. 606 MAMET 66 abocaasos Sebastolobus); ) .----5) 1 Se: HIECENING 66 460600000 SYQNIA CHUB gob e os neues SEIGMOPS HD sbb 5 6b ob bk So 6 @ISSAAS Sateen mate ie ern eee debilis PFO cob ooo ce ob OOS Sidaicrystallina) = 2 23. 29) 2 Srepibortcks 5b bib ob obo oo Singa moesta . Solpugida Ob Db 6 OO 00 Ceevmeesck, coo obo bo doo OD Spintharus flavidus ......... Spiochetopterus challengerie Sthenelais fusca........ verruculosa Syllis californica ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 187 Sympetrum illotum......... Synzema sp. eequinoctialis Syspirayloncipesriieieie ene neers tigrinals jea25 ci5 sushi eee bes GIGS ssosaanresooss bo 56 AUNNUN TiS ei 5 5 5 5 ols to 8 Taricha IESEB.coonta nooo paso a8 derhami modesta obscura...... Terebella convexa fraterna grallator intermedia........... mandibulatalee sence enn peninsulana Tetragnathideze Tetragoneuria balteata Teutana grossa ZO a Laveen ee Beene Thalamia parietalis........-. Thanatus peninsulanus...... rubicundus Thargalia crocatus dorsata Pracilistyy-w- woe mexicana WEEN o coos oc oe aba 6 Thelepus Thelyphonus giganteus....... AUN RYNOSCES 5 556005000000 peeridiid cone me nie Theridium albonotatum confraternus.......... elevatum fordum frondeum NIMES o sid cog bon Oo rupicola GOT Soo obo posoo eco studiosum tepidariorum unimaculatum. ......... Theridula triangularis Ave OMS 5555000 000n006 Thomiside Tome Eh 5b oo Doo boo oS THERES 6G boon 000 Foo6 separatus...... Tmeticus denticulatus incertus tridentatus [Proc. 3D SER. ZOOoL.—VOL. I.] INDEX. Trachelas mexicana........ 226 WES cotanoscadooor TEeapthee] o noeoboogads 225 SDECIOSAMT EAN ee Tenia 225 WHA Coa goo ooo Hb oS 226 WEXVauiniftim ata anet leit t-Uten!= Tramea longicauda ......... 408 CHEGHE Bopo nace ano Be 388 onusta ..... .. 387, 411, 412, 415 XysTiIcus apertus ...... SUG MET 1 Ooo 8 dc) beplguonceg 388 bimaculatus ...-++++s Trithemis abjecta. .....-....- 397 CULES oo at ee ener eeee basifusca. .....-- 396, 411, 412 discursansm ese iene weni WORE 0a! b oe oD 96 DOO 398 fissilisy eA eh tans emetic Montezuma........- 371, 397 4-lineatus .......-.:.- umbrata....--....-. 398, 399 montanensis......... ANaMONS 6 5/6 Aid oro 6 5 oO Ole 95, 97, 100 orizaba 2). 203 bs cee cristatus...-..--..-.- 73, 99 pulverulentus MED 0 o's OOOO bo 0 OO 73, 79 Trochosa cinerea . . 272 mexicana...... 272 ZANIOLEPIS latipinnis. ..... parva .- - + ++ ee eee ee 272 Zillaicalitornicay ie teen nn Trombidium peninsulanus.... 291 Zimiris griseus.......-.-- Turckhetmia diversa 256 pubescens .....---- YANttose) 6 oq 00D ooo oOo (WreOyVIOV=) Gig oo 60,5 ob obo 0 234 Zorocrates badius. ......- Uloborus albineus!.........- 235 MESH oboooooacolD diversus oo 0 234 MHEG od aodo00 0.005 formosus ....... 234 ZOLOPSide i.) 2) 2a) (a) =o - PlumMipesiw ena ncien tii ai 234 Zygoballus parvus.....-.-. 426 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. [Proc. 3D SER. ERRATA. Page 11, 4th line from bottom, for ‘‘on’’ read ‘‘in.”’ 66 ce ee (73 ce 17, 8th line from bottom, for ‘‘juxtaposition’’ read “‘contradistinction.’’ 30, 10th line, for ‘‘through”’ read ‘‘from.”’ 39, 2nd line from bottom, for ‘‘o0.6’’ read ‘‘0.6 per cent.”’ 41, 7th line from bottom, for ‘‘protozoa’’ read ‘‘pro- tozoan.”’ 53, 24th line, for ‘‘converts’’ read ‘‘covers.”’ 55, 14th line from bottom, for ‘‘Heneguy’’ read “Henneguy.”’ 56, 1st line, after ‘‘la Valette’’ insert ‘‘St. George.” 56, 19th line, after ‘‘used”’ insert ‘‘an.”’ 63, for ‘‘mm.’’ after measurements read ‘‘p.”’ 75, 14th line, for ‘‘ Zrzcha’’ read ‘‘ Tarzcha.”’ 80, 2nd line from bottom, for ‘‘Lepzdosteous’’ read “‘ Lepidosteus.”’ 80, last line, for ‘‘spzrzfer’’ read ‘‘spinzfer.”” 89, last line, for ‘‘fig. 2”’ read ‘‘fig. 3.” 94, 22d line, for ‘‘urodelos”’’ read ‘‘urodelous.”’ 99, 22d line, for ‘‘ 7. cr¢stalus’’ read ‘‘7. cristatus.”’ 100, 6th line from bottom, for ‘‘Amblystonea’’ read «‘Amblystoma.”” 101, Oth line, for ‘‘object’’ read ‘‘objects.”’ 104, 17th line from bottom, for ‘‘Amélystomea’ ‘‘Amblystoma.”” 106, 8th line, for ‘‘/ugubrzs’’ read ‘‘tenebrosus.”’ 106, 17th line, for ‘‘Cadis’’ read ‘‘Caddis.”’ 253, 2nd line from bottom, for ‘‘helveola’ read ‘‘helvola.”’ 256, 9th line from bottom, for ‘‘p. 114”’ read ‘‘p. 126.”’ 258, 2oth line, for ‘‘ewatemalense’’ read ‘‘guatema- lensis.”” 292, for ‘‘/thyncolophus’”’ read ‘‘ Rhyncholophus.”’ > read PROCREDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES THIRD SERIES. ZOOLOGY. Vou. I, No. -PLASMOCYTES; THE SURVIVAL OF THE CENTROSOMES AND ARCHOPLASM OF THE NUCLEATED ERYTHROCYTES, AS FREE AND INDEPENDENT ELEMENTS IN THE BLOOD OF BATRACHOSEPS i ATTENUATUS. EScH. BY Gustav Ersen, Pu. D., Curator in the California Academy of Sciences. WITH TWO PLATES. Issued April 1, 1897. SAN FRANCISCO: PUBLISHED BY THE ACADEMY. 1897. PUBLICATION COMMITTEE. — “IL 1 4886-1867), Nos. Bola y aie Mister ci ey pan erne ae atta cole bay nt he Sadie *or Bulletin No. 2, “On the Morphology of Colemanite,” only a very small edition was published. ‘Vol. a is paged consecutively without it. y | ME 3 Vol. 1, ne BUS6R) est Wexioes iS Haro) Wena Inte ‘* 2 (1868), out of print. : I (1888). . : Neon Tae 2 (1888)....... ies Guten i Ee cane Oey Tea MG Aa Ens o ce c ; A OCCASIONAL PERS local Vol. CS is (£893) 22s Nath Bares WR and cote PE a Ucl Lae pie sunae oats paren » ‘©. TV (1893): : PROCEEDINGS (Ocravo). f FIRST SERIES. Vol. I ee reeyt out of print. «II (1858-1862), out of print. ‘* — TIT (1863-1868), parts 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5, out of print, “IV (1868-1872), parts 1, 2, 3, 4.and 5, part 5 out of a ne V (1873-1874), parts 1, 2 and 3 VI (1875). Sais VII (1876), part I (volume Seno) ‘ SECOND SERIES... Aries fi Wolo) i.(2888)s parts: 1 and ae ee Cer sz, Jae NU en PREG NY a Seth ST: (1890-1892), parts rt and 2 : IV (1893-1894), parts 1 and 2 “_V (1895), parts 1 and 2 is eT (1896) THIRD SERIES. Zaclba Vol. I, No: r1—Plasmocytes; the Survival of the ‘Gentrosnmnes and Archoplasin of the Nucleated Erythrocytes, as Free and Independent Elements in the Blood of Batrachoseps atten- __uatus Esch. | By Gustav Eisen, Ph. D.. Zoology, Vol. I, No. 2—Diemyctylus torosus ; The Life-History and fe ; Habits of the Pacific Coast Newt. By William E. Ritter. Geology, Vol. I, No. 1—The Geology of Santa Catalina Island. By ; _ William Sidney Tangier Smith....... All subscriptions, applications for exchanges, and inquiries concerning the eo should be addressed to : ; J, O'B. GUNN, ~ Coresconiae Secretary, California Academy of Sciences, - San Francisco, California. — a ie bale t Lye eo Zoouoey. /_DIEMYGTYLUS TOROSUS Escu, THE LIFE-HISTORY AND HABITS OF THE PACIFIC COAST. i e ‘NEWT. f WITH ONE PLATE. PUBLICATION COMMITTEE. WituiaM E. Ritter, Chairman. Davin S. JORDAN, G. P. REXFORD. EDITORS OF ZOOLOGICAL PUBLICATIONS. Davip S, JORDAN, : WiiiaM E. RITTER. PUBLICATIONS OF THE ACADEMY. BULLETINS (Octavo). Ole ee Le (LSSA L886) ANOS: Tels, wa tele se claw loe woe meee slergdiare oesek $5.00 i I (without No. 2).............3.. Bee See Ee Claes SBEIEE 3.50 * PIR OS6—1887) INOS BN tera ste\e/a creat cies syalbia es etaetiais aisteiata arate opie 3.50 *Of Bulletin No: 2, “On the Morphology of Colemanite,” only a very small edition was published. Vol, lis paged consecutively without it, MEMOIRS (Quarto). MOL ERS ERCIN OT (EBOS) oherric. ea nmniciovau ees etek ttule aitain ai eae Dei as $1.50 EN ‘* 2 (1868), out of print. if IIB ey Paciahea Ray Git atotay Ya int heete ies Us yoo Ag le ae ec cg ay Rd gag 75 CaS Use OtsteteN bye rep oy icy Mice OL Rubare EU ca ARSE Rea Glee aM T.00 MIS ULSAN Gti k ese nels SoA ytbe Said kee oes hae a a ONT 2.00 SHIA DSOS aie (inte att craks su Oa Te Sk DU ei ue 2.50 Bost ABR TOOG) tre wider ohn te sata nich nN HES Seri ner ege er cma 2.50 OCCASIONAL PAPERS (Octavo) Vol TR (tSh%5) a nes be iy a aD ae eS eat epee Sh mR aE Anas oat a $3.00 SoA UL (LOGO) Eras tispeineiiers eid: al Da Saiolc eres avaami ays Seralbekee Upemcps arcegy LUSH RM) 2.50 FAP ALE TEOS srs veha Seid Sake ceek He a aie eral ets rate eked BAR a IL moet Man ein sla CARS 5-00 MUD (LEGS) errata titeie weet naman sate sree rs Eee cTed Stajarch etary alieiclanmeteny 3.00 PROCEEDINGS (Octavo), FIRST SERIES. Vol. I (1854-1857), out of print. +e II (1858-1862), out of print. «TIT (1863-1868), parts 1, 2, 3, 4. and 5, out of print. ‘c. TV (1868-1872), parts I, 2; 3, 4 and 5, part 5 out of print. ss Wi(I879-1870) Spars 1 ho/and! sii nccrks cisicias Wereiarcle wawenyaahe ols $3.50 CREE tet A3 VA AEC ae lel Hie oP CI gat EE Sa IDR IUL pA NORA ee RR AVTa ei 2.00 “VII (1876), part t (volume complete)......0.. 2. ccc. cee cee eee 1.75 @ SECOND SERIES. Molen bh (1888) parts mand 2 ern e ae Pte et tea eae SEM eas $3.50 obey ALENT S89): crac RUB ONIN pra tn iyS Wa) caret OSU ULI Face MB Nw ag 3-50 St PALEY (ESQO—DSQ2)> Parts mando ss te sian cwiayee iersloccls nicer sec ekalnnd ere 3.50 pe OD Me (GSS TOGA) s PALES Li Atl 2 eerrcta cera as beret erale clerayel aint! ln aie ieyars'e 3.50 re Walrso5)) parts andio ei oN. Saonte fale mh maw sna ie 5.00 ARR AVE TOG) fry nalts a ere aatet ef tala, eane erat inore ansiaheta te can tal at costes I GADSeonne 4.50 THIRD. SERIES. Zoology, Vol. I, No. 1—Plasmocytes; the Survival of the Centrosomes and Archoplasm of the Nucleated: Erythrocytes, as Free and Independent Elements in the Blood of Batrachoseps atten- uatus Esch. By Gustav Eisen, Ph. D.................0-,..- $1.00 Zoology, Vol. I, No. 2—Diemyctylus torosus; The Life-History and Habits of the Pacific Coast Newt. .By William E. Ritter,.... +50 All subscriptions, applications for exchanges, and inquiries concerning the publications should be addressed to J. O’B, GUNN, : Corresponding Secretary, California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, California. ais + fi; ig é tg 5 ear of ssraAri oe PUBLICATION COMMITTEE. Wiiiiam E. Ritter, Chairman. Davip S. JORDAN, G. P. RixrorD. EDITORS OF ZOOLOGICAL PUBLICATIONS. Davip S. JoRDAN, WILLIAM E. RITTER. "PUBLICATIONS OF ‘THE ACADEMY. BULLETINS (Octavo). : Vol. T (1884-1886), INOS i= Ais scree net ic ave allt Veprek eiaig ristsibia’s We caraTe $5.00 © a TR (wtthouty Nia 42 eater ree oN i cctaeaeiclslsr oeieits ocnistnsciat ee 23250 os WME (UB SG=T8S 7) INOS GO Sichs iors ser aseelte st ovens sate cess} are ng) metic ate 3150, * Of Bulletin No. 2, ‘‘On the Morphology of Colemanite,”” only a very small edition was published. Vol. lis paged consecutively without it. MEMOIRS (Quarto). MO lee leaING sls (OOO) mapas, lorena ely oiaccce te iar SHY alah wheereter an cene veces $1.50 * 4 (1868), out of print. W UTS bh ies (MBS) oktey eeu NA NL a Rene ae re ates See etc ns NaUNGIY a tetets) YeQel ists iiat gee ttd Aree ae aa MADE e At Poa Sh NISMS W ay ALN he enue 1.00 Bere (LOOAN Rots s heuee ae rarer Sa A Si LaeR tite UR poate eievhe Wil Naty) x ea 2.00 Seis LOO Si) dec eeake 4 svauta cade lese rae alata vajpaceee accede eatahseel etal aden 2.50 BUN BE (OQO) Serene tee eae er R el etae ON ISH Mey Pea Vay aia a 2.50 OCCASIONAL PAPERS eae) AVAG) is li (iasSoro) Pg ort ead EDU Nba Iai Ceh iene UAE ari Re Scania eae 3.00 meme UME (SOO) dete series «cr setlist ua wares HN Be Saget aa wan tah 2.50 ST MLS (BOS VE wwe tea craic sedie y wd clstelanm vaste el) Ate amal transits ator LnSPATaQaRS ae 5.00 UL OGL Fr Geho ey beter eae ge mua setae elias en eran Ma oa aie LIA tS eT Ne 3.00 PROCEEDINGS (OcTAvo). FIRST SERIES. Vol. — I (1854-1857), out of print. Or II (1858-1852), out of print. ‘III (1863-1868), parts 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5, out of print. ‘« TV (1868-1872), parts 1, 2, 3, 4and 5, part 5 out of print. ‘ W (1873-1874), partSit, 2 and ge einer eos ens ee! $3.50 Byard NATL (REN are roe ntoncl eral cect chaise wise Pe veya olen Siete eaonnUeaye acess 2.00 « VII (1876), part 1 (volume, complete)... ..........5.5. e205 20s. 1.75 SECOND SERIES. Wolo Is(ress)s parts) Maneater tet. ce wactctet dein \sldake Sea fet PiataRy arta $3.50 hE COTE (SIRS) iar ho ls ise eGe bee eso oiaH Gu agsiesovecwan insane = 3-50 Ree MLM (TSGO= L892), sMAK St AIIG 2. seve a) ae naicteleeectare, Stelaretiegelt oe et ayofas 3.50 COS DVS (1803-1804) Pants to andioe Wer se A. iedeiclse esis ale sphan Enis s 3.50 Whi Gees) \) joenaisy ila aineae canada daemers iasc io Sec btbne Wauase bien 5-00 Le ON GaSts[6) indo ibe Ene ode UGIEO A aap obibectantia nue ln akg 4.50 THIRD SERIES. Zoology, Vol. I, No. 1—Plasmocytes; the Survival of the Centrosomes | and Archoplasm of the Nucleated Erythrocytes, as Free and Independent Elements in the Blood of Batrachoseps atten- Wats Esch: | by: GlistavjMiseMms bine Ass ee wii alet 2 fare ct pte ect $1.00 Zoology, Vol. 1, No. 2—Diemyctylus torosus ; The Life-History and Habits of the Pacific Coast Newt. By William E. Ritter..... =50 Zoology, Vol. I, No. 3—Scientific Names of Latin and Greek Derivation, By Walter Miller, 0 0). t.< Vn ee eee 235 Geology, Vol. I, No. 1—The Geology of Santa Catalina Island. By William Sidney Tangier Smith............02. 00... e ee nese “50 All subscriptions, applications for exchanges, and inquiries concerning the publications should be addressed to J. O'B. GUNN, Corresponding Secretary, California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, California. AS (tes PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES TurrRD SERIES. ZOOLOGY. Vou. I, No. 4. A Genus of Maritime Dolichopodide New to America. BY Witi1AM Morton WHEELER, PH. D. WitH ONE PLATE. Issued July ro, 1897. SAN FRANCISCO: PUBLISHED BY THE ACADEMY. 1897. PROCEEDINGS (Ocravo). FIRST SERIES. I aeiiaen out of print. “II (1858-1862), out of print. III (1863-1868), parts 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5, out of print. IV (1868-1872), parts 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5, part 5 out of print. SECOND SERIES. aie Mole? I (1888), parts 1 and 2 ele PED ek re NEON obs Deora Stas Ne $3. 50s So} Dil; (1890-1892), partsuand: 2.0)ar cus eklass ee eat SOE onsen 3.50 Ptee Vi (T8O3—Keo4) tparts diane 26 Wee Nec Pe eau, Ga Ses eatery UM lo 3.50 re ‘<" -V (1895), parts 1 and 2)... .. ee leita Ae uncHt ya es dt Sey le NO a et SOO) : Bee peor 3, Th VLA TEGO)O aa ne bd: 8 ois 5 Ser Ne eee SISSY 4.50 THIRD SERIES . i ’ Zoology, Vol. I, No. 1—Plasmocytes; the Survival of the Centrosomes and Archoplasm of the’ Nucleated Erythrocytes, as Free and Independent Elements in the Blood of Batrachoseps atten- — 1 ; uatus Esch. By Gustav-Hisen, Ph.D... .... cesses le OS erlaok re v Zoology, Vol. I, No: 2—Diemyctylus torosus; The Life-History and Se RST |. Habits of the Pacific Coast Newt. By William E. Ritter..... -50 et Zoology, Vol. I, No. 3—Scientific Names of Latin gud Greek ‘Derivation’, *By: Walters Miller pions int melas chant winn cpa. +35 Zoology, Vol. I, No. 4—A Genus of Maritime Dolichopodidee New to | : » America. By William Morton Wheeler. ..i 0.0.2 ..22..2. .I0 Geology, Vol. I, No. ~The Geology of Santa Catalina Island. By , WillianaSidneyTansien) Smatth ite Noe a ecg adie St late +50 wee Geology, Vol. I, No. 2—The Submerged Valleys of ie Coast of Cali-— ans fornia, U. S. A., and of Lower California, Mexico. By George Davidson o2niiaes ere te o> eat cis perc a otmon doe eae erate te 50 Botany, Vol. I, No. 1—A Morphological Study of Naias and Zanni- ; chellia.. By Douglas. Houghton Campbell..... SSOP Ger eR sce 22 OIL a geal subscriptions, applications for exchanges, and inquiries concerning the publications should be addressed to J. O'B. GUNN; Corresponding Secretary, _ California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, California. THIRD SERIES. “ Annetids me the Baciic Cag with Descriptions of New Species. -Herzert P. Jounson, Pu. D., — _ Assistant Professor of Zoology, University of California, Issued December a, 1897. i SAN FRANCISCO: PUBLISHED BY THE ACADEMY. 2 1897. PUBLICATIONS OF THE ACADEMY. Come. PROCEEDINGS (OctTavo). FIRST SERIES. Vol. 0, ater slokenntn.japeceieieiate V (1895), parts and 2 VI (1896) : THIRD. SERIES. Zoology, Vol. I, No. 1—Plasmocytes; the Survival of the Centrosomes and Archoplasm of the Nucleated Erythrocytes, as Free and Independent Elements in the Blood of Batrachoseps atten- uatus Esch. By Gustav Eisen, Ph. D..........005¢. 0000-0. Zoology, Vol. I, No. 2—Diemyetylus torosus; The Life-History and Habits of the Pacific Coast Newt. By William E. Ritter..... Zoology, Vol. I, No. 3—Scientific Names of Latin and Greek Derivation- » By Walter*Miller.. 00...) .0s 2 Geese ster e ees Zee Oey: Vol. I, No. 4—A Genus of Maritime Dolichopodidz New to America. By William Morton Wheeler..........2.....:.-- Zoology, Vol. I, No. 5—A Preliminary Account of the- Marine Annelids of the Pacific Coast, with Descriptions of New Species. By Eferbert: Py obnsongbhss l= seg ee ert ieet eee Ohi erate operas Geology, Vol. I, No. 1—The Geology of Santa Catalina Island. - By William Sidney Tangier Smith... 00.0. ee cweceee coe eeeee Geology, Vol. I, No, 2—The Submerged Valleys of the Coast of Cali- fornia, U. S. A., and of Lower California, Mexico. By Georve DavidsSons sisi som cela mene Sa rode os oraocPalerete lated wane Geology, Vol. I, No. 3—The Development of Glyphioceras and the Phylogeny of the Glyphioceratidz. By James Perrin Smith. Botany, Vol. I, No. r—A Morphological Study of Naias and Zanni- chelfia. By Douglas Houghton Campbell.................. Botany, Vol. I, No. 2—Studiesin the Herbarium and the Field.—No. r. ByeAllicer Hast wioo ity. wscisse cists loin alctalele elt) -tajeieaTaceroritane slegolaree 25 All subscriptions, applications for exchanges, and inquiries concerning the publications should be addressed to J. O’B. GUNN, Corresponding Secretary, California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, California. SAN FR ie: PUBLICATIONS OF THE ACADEMY. Continued.” PROCEEDINGS (Ocravo). FIRST SERIES. 1.(1854-1857), out of print. % I (1858-1862), out of print. a (1863-1868), parts 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5, out of print. «TV (2868-1872), parts 1, 2, 3, 4and 5, part 5 out of print. oo WiA(TS73 1874) parts 2 and i.e waece eae see ee ee eee ee 53-50 Beidy AML STS 75 use wtelse waligk MeN cts tala nay) arpa) Meeker a Sr etectoe 2.00 “VII (1876), part £ Goluae COMPIGLE ) mee arg to oe ae eget 1.75 SECOND SERIES. Molivenelin(eSSS)sDartS Ts cliney ie Pi hest eorars) ses arent legate outa: henge erat $3.50 te ATS (B39) see teeter aie a, Lievddee hen acre aO uD sigue boaters ie Mae peers TRUSSO 8G2)sxPATkS ek ANCL cieey cine see eh wea Llaisecura els eee 3-50 ie dW (LEOS—LOQAs PaktSen aia aie ahs seine siecty Mate telltan etm cue iee 3.50 ‘ EVA(H8O5)s PaMtserandias eis oa Aon. cs er ee ieee aa Rath eer van 5 00 Bees Vel e(LOO Shasta oie gtnsseinyr ear a a soe hal a reme tea so De DaNGe cians MMU ALmaea eat. 4.50 THIRD SERIES. Zoology, Vol. 1, No. 1—Plasmocvytes; the Survival of the Centrosomes and Archoplasm of the Nucleated Erythrocytes, as Free and Independent Elements in the Blood of Batrachoseps atten- Udtus%Esch:) By Gustave Eisen, sPliyION Gahan cry cal $1.00 Zoology, Vol. I, No. 2—Diemyctylus torosus; The Life-History and Habits of the Pacific Coast Newt. By William E. Ritter..... 50 Zoology, Vol. 1, No. 3—Scientific Names of Latin and Greek Derivations zBy Walters Milleniie o's sted aoa pore aes Zoology, Vol. I, No. 4—A Genus-of Maritime Dolichopodidz New to America. By William Morton Wheeler.... ........5..050% -10 Zoology, Vol. I, No. 5—A Preliminary Account of the Marine Anneélids of the Pacific Coast, with Descriptions of New Species.. By HlenbertsPsyolmnson: oP lr2D isp sca arin tua ie Dane ae nals “50 - Zoology, Vol. I, No. 6—Description of a Species of Fish (Mitsukurina owstoni) from Japan, the Type of a Distinct Family of Lam- noid: Sharks. By David Starr Jordan ..:.0. 202.5. en.. eu. 125 Geology, Vol. I, No.1—The Geology of Santa Saeie Island. By: Wiliam:SidneyPaneier ‘Snitch. Lie tc Vara eee btwn -50 Geology, Vol. I, No. 2—The Submerged ‘Valleys of the Coast of Cali- fornia, U. S. A., and of Lower California, Mexico: By George ess vidSOn geese te Sy tats gh ac on alld res Sieben sl See Sisco 50 Geology, Vol. I, No. 3—The Development of Glyphioceras and the ~— Phylogeny of the Glyphioceratidee. By James Perrin Smith. —-35 Botany, Vol. I, No. 1—A Morphological Study of Naias and: Zanni- chellia. By Douglas Houghton Campbell... ...02..2..5.... T.00 Botany, Vol. I, No. 2—Studies in the Herbarium and the Field. —No, 1. By PAN CELE ASK WOGR iia (sna nen seni sste i cee ae Meee sian oes Los All subscriptions, applications for exchanges, and inquiries concerning the publications should be addressed to J. OB. GUNN : Corresponding Secretary, California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, California. PUBLICATIONS OF THE ACADEMY. Continued. PROCEEDINGS (Ocravo). FIRST SERIES. Vol. I (1854-1857), out of print. II (1858-1862), out of print. IIT (1863-1868), parts 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5, out of print. IV (1868-1872), parts 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5, part 5 out of print. ss V (1873 1874), parts 1, 2 and cuits SMOsAG EMCAT wad etO GawsS P3250) PPL (LOTS tei coed Sik oe Oe Cispee ee BU rate ae ral a MRE RM oe 2.00 Sevan (x88), part 1 (volume complete) ....... 6.0.02 ee eee eee ee 1.75 SECOND SERIES. Volviaraty(T8s8)e parts Drandiaite eee Miao rc evita eatien Sac Sac Sect ten Re $3.50 s LEATSSO) SSeS sniione ae a Nee SN arose ges ee Gent i aie SR 5O pend (@SGO-1892) SipartS cand yay Laie Wate Ae aarti ede wionst wi 9 3-50 Se LNA (TAO3—TSG4) s parts Tang Djscs estate eet otety kaueeniawle 3.50 bi Welt8e5) yparts mean 2.526 Soe se ihe Ree AY Revit pee, Cates Spe 5.00 patie (MALO SOG) eo sieiee 0 wiht Maato te uat eae Sica aa gate Maney ec cuales mail ow Got 4.50 THIRD SERIES. Zoology, Vol. I, No. 1—Plasmocytes; the Survival of the Centrosomes and Archoplasm of the Nucleated Erythrocytes, as Free and Independent Elements in the Blood of Batrachoseps atten- uatus Esch. By Gustav Eisen, Ph. D...........60.20-0000-. $1.00 Zoology, Vol. I, No. 2—Diemyctylus torosus ; The Life-History and Habits of the Pacific Coast Newt. By William E: Ritter..... 50 Zoology, Vol.. 1, No. 3—Scientific Names of Latin and Greek Derivation. Bys Walter Millers cau iaoanies tater nis eee 35 Zoology, Vol. I, No. 4—A Genus of Maritime Dolichopodidz New to America. By William Morton Wheeler.... ............... -I0 Zoology, Vol. I, No. 5—A Preliminary Account of the Marine Annelids of the Pacific Coast, with Descriptions of New Species. By Her bertrbs ORNS Peete ars as tele yaaeys Gerke 50 Zoology, Vol. I, No. 6—Description of a Species of Fish (Mitsukurina owstoni) from Japan, the Type of a Distinct Family of Lam- noid Sharks. By David Starr Jordan...2.....5.......5-... 225 Zoology, Vol. I, No. 7—Arachnida from Baja California and Other Parts of Mexico. By Nathant Banks aici cee teieie sis rede stale 1.00 Geology, Vol. I, No. 1—The Geology of Santa @aalina Island. By William Sidney. Pangier, Smith). apck re een em ncies caicla oreectam oie -50 Geology, Vol. I, No.2—The ‘Submerged Valleys of the Coast of Cali- fornia, U. S. -A., and of Lower California, Mexico.' By George DAvilsonies 72 Pnoon ca Seca ek ROTC Gs ne +50 Geology, Vol. at No. 3—The Development of Glyphioceras and the Phylogeny of the Glyphioceratide. By James Perrin Smith. _.35 Botany, Vol. I, No. 1—A Morphological Study of Naias and Zanni- chellia. By Douglas Houghton Campbell.........-...-.-.. T.00 Botany, Vol. I, No. 2—Studies in the Herbarium and the Field.—No. 1. By Rice WAS TOSUL Cee an eee en te ie 25 iathotatieal: Physical, Vol. I. No. 1—On Rational Quadratic Trans- >) formations.) By. M.\W:/ Haskell... sos 5 De ee ee Mathematical-Physical, Vol. I. No. 2—The Quadratic Cremona Transformation. By Leonard E. Dickson...-........ 2... c Mathematical-Physical, Vol. I, No. 3—On Curvilinear Asymptotes. : By Weasel wma nh Sunil eit ace Macheniatical: Physical, Vol. I, No. 4—Systems of Simple Groups de- rived from the Orthogonal Group. By Leonard E. Dickson... .25 All subscriptions, applications for exchanges, and inquiries concerning the publications should be addressed to FROLB: GUN N, Corresponding Secretary, California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, California. PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. THIRD SERIES. ZOOLOGY. Vou. I, No. 8. The Anatomy of Chelyosoma Productum Stinipson. BY Frank Watts BANCROFT. WitH ONE PLATE, Issued October 5, 1898. SAN FRANCISCO: PUBLISHED BY THE ACADEMY. 1898. ok PUBLICATIONS OF THE ACADEMY. 1 Ce ontinued. ; PROCEEDINGS’ (Oct avo). ‘FIRST SERIES: Vol. I (1854-1857), out of print. uly II (1858-1862), out of. print. IDI (1863-1868), parts 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5, Out of print. IV (1868-1872), parts 1, 2,.3, 4 and 5, part 5 out of print. a V (1873-1874), parts 1, 2 and CERES TCE IN CURE RD Rd icra Bn $3,-50 SNL CLE 75) ago tenoeiy bene eaten (oeate "MINN UAC Re in gOS OS ana 2.00 “WII (1876), part 1 (volume COMPLELS) Vee suai vl Means Bena ta 1.75 : SECOND. SERIES. MOle Wy (TSSS), Marisy Riana tae ii Mie iiie < cachusne atin thust syn ere $3.50 ve TUDES QAI RUIN cys Shay Miah oo Ai aR en cheer aal ln Oo 3.50 Peat (TSGO—TSG2) wipartg arian ceive Osco My rad MeN ST agate, Ge eA {0) “~ V (1893-1894), parts rand 2...0....22%. BAP ae Mt we dalalncels 3.50 Bs WA(L8O5)s parts mandon dice tyae nal wed eM cde sor lita 5.00 IACI) EROOOY tect mR OLS eu e ating recite IE MOe suomi RUT uNaria Cet 4-50 THIRD. SERIES. Z oology, Vol. I, No. 1—Plasmocytes; the Survival of the Gectocanes and Archoplasm of the Nucleated Erythrocytes, as Free and Independent Elements in the Blood of Batrachoseps atten- nats Esch.) BysGustay Eisen Ran, ci ids © leaves ss $1.00 Zoology, Vol. I, No. 2—Diemyctylus torosus; The Life-History and , Habits of the Pacific Coast Newt. By William E. Ritter::... 50 Zoology, Vol. I, No. 3—Scientific Names of Latin and Greek Derivation! By Walter Millers. ween ee ia +35 Zoology, Vol. I, No. 4—A Genus of Maritime Dolichopodidze New to America. By William’ Morton Wheeler ies fers... eh e.. +10 Zoology, Vol. 1, No. 5—A Preliminary Account of the Marine Annelids of the’ Racine Coast, with ralgescr BONS of New Species. By PlerberteP J Ohnsonyce hs) Diu ae Sis ty ta ano he RY ohh te +50 Zoology, Vol. I, No. assole iy of a Species of Fish (Mitsukurina owstoni) from Japan, the Type of a Distinct)Family of Lam- noid Sharks; By David Starr Jordan..?. 00.05. 002020 s2052. 125 Zoology, Vol. I, No. 7—Arachnida from Baja’ California and Other Parts of Mexico. By Nathan Bankso cy sayin een 1.00 Zoology, Vol. I, No. 8—The Anatomy of Chelyosoma Productum Stimpson, By, Frank Watts Bancroft, 100000 s0a). 0. Hite: -50 Zoology, Vol. I, No. 9—The Gordiacea of Certain American Col- lections, with particular reference to the North American Fauna.—l]. By Thomas H. Montgomery Jr., Ph. D.....-. 25 Zoology, Vol. I, No. 1o—Observations on Monogenesis i in Metridium. By. Harry Beal Gorneyag sie. 2 ie ibe Meo an te eutbe deste os seg tate eee Geology, Vol. I, No. 1—The Geology of Santa Catalina Island. By Willian Sidney Tangier’ Smuthy. oe) ok eee eee ce 50 Geology, Vol. 1, No. 2—The Submerged Valleys of the Coast of Cali- fornia, U.S. A., and of Lower California, Mexico. | By George Aaa SOI eh See MISMO EM eo AE a Toa +50 Geology, Vol. I; No. 3—The Development of Glyphioceras and the Ph hylogeny of the Glyphioceratidee, By James Perrin Smith. .35 Geology, Vol. 1, No. 4—The Development of Lytoceras and’ Phyl- loceras. By Tahies PSrMa SMITE yh rere Wa Vea Eclat, 25 Botany, Vol. I, No. 1—~A Morphological Study of Naias and Zanni- chellia. By Douglas Hougiton Campbell. .......2..2.50.04 T.00 Botany, Vol. J, No..2—Studies in the Herbatium andthe Pield.—No, 1, By Pulio’ Hastwoodhileca Naea wei siesta. NCU e hye sitet Ne Snatayens 25 Botany, Vol. I. No. 3—Studies in the Herbarium and the Field.—No. 2. Bye Anicenbicstay QOGE/. Sits AM eis tal Grclde eca ia erated inne Ds 50 Botany, Vol. 1. No. 4—Phycological Memoirs. By De Alton Saunders. 75 Mathematical-Physical, Vol. J. No.1—On Rational Quadratic Trans- ) formations? | By Mi W. Haskelbis) oR baw gee Mathematical-Physical, Vol. I. No. 2—The, Quadratic Cremona Transformation. By Leonard .E. Dickson Mathematical-Physical, Vol. I, No. 3—On Curvilinear Asymptotes. ; By M. W. Haskell J Mathematical-Physical, Vol. I, No. 4—Systems of Simple Groups de- rived from the Orthogonal Group. By Leonard E. Dickson... .25 All subscriptions, applications for exchanges, and inquiries concerning the publications should be addressed to J. OB. GUNN; Corresponding Secretary, California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, California. siete ait Wiel e) alata sis aie op sedi pln nwa pie epee eb sass PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. THIRD SERIES. ZooLoey. Vou. I, No. 9. The Gordiacea of Certain American Collections, with Particular Reference to the North American Fauna. Il. BY THOMAS H. MONTGOMERY, JR., PH.D., Lecturer in Zoology, University of Pennsylvania. Witu Two PLAtEs. Issued October r2, 1898. _ SAN FRANCISCO: PUBLISHED BY THE ACADEMY. 1898. PUBLICATIONS OF THE ACADEMY. Continued. ‘ / PROCEEDINGS (Ocravo). FIRST SERIES. Vol. _I (1854-1857), out of print. “II (1858-1862), out of print. : IIT (1863-1868), parts 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5, Out of print. IV (1868-1872), parts 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5, part 5 out of print. ot Wilt873=1874), parts, stand 3.75, Sas terey occ deus hc destinies $3.50 Safe RN ALE LOR) cate ea Ae Mote orate yee aan La tattalaate dis CLS ae) 2.00 ‘VII (1876), part 1 (volume complete)........-4..6s0c00 ce eeee eee 1.75 SECOND SERIES. Wolsiesski(T888); parts ay and yoP setae nc oat hic chem ye ati dat t's $3.50 col iss DIET Ash fa) Pataess bea eat ok til ORES gd eto eat aOR Pah : pier eyrae 3.50 Pe SUDINTSGO—1892), parts land urs cuarecseics cou lee wamciosente oes ke 3.50 jie AN (L893—=1804)5 Parts Land: 2 so 64. fads, aciwctdae ow Sas tenn eceds 3.50 Ny We (1805) Spartstiands oui seen ic cr dite hiee ioe wele ee owes abe s 5.00 SORAVIE (MOGO) a Aino oN anctyaye lr se eid sealahao ie a sete reine ea oeranrce 4.50 THIRD SERIES. Zoology, Vol. I, No. 1—Plasmocytes; the Survival of the Centrosomes and Archoplasm of the Nucleated Erythrocytes, as Free and Independent Elements in the Blood of Batrachoseps atten- uatus Esch. By Gustav Eisen, Ph. D.:...-- 0.0.62... +00-20. $1.00 Zoology, Vol. I; No. 2—Diemyctylus torosus ; The Life-History and Habits of the Pacific Coast Newt. By William E. Ritter..... -50 Zoology, Vol. I, ‘No. 3—Scientific Names of Latin and Greek Derivation. .By Walter Miller.<. 20.020. is. ee chee ene 35 Zoology, Vol. I, No. 4—A Genus of Maritime Dolichopodidz New to America.. By William Morton Wheeler.... ..............5 10 Zoology, Vol. I; No. 5—A Preliminary Account of the Marine Annelids of the Pacific Coast, with Descriptions of New Species. By Herbert-2s] ohnson, Phe Dx yo ee ee Ur ree as 50 Zoology, Vol. I, No. 6—Description of a Species of Fish (Mitsukurina owstoni) from Japan, the Type of a Distinct Family of Lam- noid Sharks. By David Starr Jordan......0....0....0 22.005 25 Zoology, Vol. I, No. 7—Arachnida from Baja California and Other Parts of Mexico. By Nathan Banks... ..........0..-.0..0--- 1.00 Zoology, Vol. I, No. 8—The Anatomy of Chelyosoma Productum Stimpson. By Frank Watts Bancroft..........--.52,.20..- -50 Zoology, Vol: I, No. 9—The Gordiacea of Certain American Col- lections, with particular reference to the North American Fauna.—II. By Thomas H. Montgomery Jr., Ph. D....... 25 Zoology, Vol. I, No. 1o—Observations on Monogenesis in Metridium. By Harty Beal Tormey antes cecomcte pe Mee wins erate tea 225 Geology, Vol. I, No. 1—The Geology of Santa Catalina Island. By Wilham-Sidney Tangier Smithy sos. vceotin ccs cine ocs eae ole nee +50 Geology, Vol. I, No. 2—The Submerged Valleys of the Coast of Cali- fornia, U. S. A., and of Lower California, Mexico. By George Davidson icnisesue hes tere series oom bret sale antes 50 Geology, Vol. I, No. 3—The Development of Glyphioceras and the Phylogeny of the Glyphioceratidze. By James Perrin Smith. .35 Geology, Vol. 1, No. 4—The Development of Lytoceras and Phyl- loceras. By James Perrin. Smith..................0.2...5. ny Botany, Vol. I, No. 1—A Morphological Study of Naias and Zanni- chellia. By Douglas Houghton Campbell................-. T.00 Botany, Vol. I, No. 2—Studies in the Herbarium and the Field.—No. 1. BySAUCePastwOOd tiie cae suatte tigate) late pace iesele nae Se 25 Botany, Vol. I. No. 3—Studies in the Herbarium and the Field.—No. 2, BypAlice:Mastwood ise Miia; Sac cb ese Noe tere wank andes Sonetalseee sige -50 Botany, Vol. I. No. 4—Phycological Memoirs. By De Alton Saunders. .75 Mathematical-Physical, Vol. I. No. 1—On Rational Quadratic Trans- ) formations. By M.W. Haskell... 060.2. i eee Mathematical-Physical, Vol. I. No. 2—The Quadratic Cremona L Transformation. By Leonard E. Dickson................ rc +35 Mathematical-Physical, Vol. I, No. 3—On Curvilinear. Asymptotes. | By Nie Wes Hlaskell rates tan. ARO rie eben ieee) J Mathematical-Physical, Vol. I, No. 4—Systems of Simple Groups de- rived from the Orthogonal Group. By Leonard E. Dickson... — .25 All subscriptions, applications for exchanges, and inquiries concerning the publications should be addressed to J. O’B, GUNN, Corresponding Secretary, California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, California. PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. THIRD SERIES. ZOoLoecy. Vou. I, No. to. Observations on Monogenesis in Metridium. BY Harry Beat Torrey. WitH ONE PLATE, Issued October 25, 1898. SAN FRANCISCO: PUBLISHED. BY THE ACADEMY. 1898, © es coeye ee PUBLICATIONS OF THE ACADEMY. et Bint Continued. PROCEEDINGS (Ocravo). FIRST SERIES. Vol. I (1854-1857), out of print. II (1858-1862), out of print. : III (1863-1868), parts 1, 2, 3, 4 and\5, out of print. IV (1868-1872), parts 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5, part 5 out of print. WME (ES7S = ESYA) parts ie nasanGegs si vice teste tala eee Semen ee 3-50 BC PONG (eS AS eUs 7 Hes COE araies NU EIA pani Nha AL iS Gy ae RAY aE AS ec He ‘©, VIL (1876), part 1 (volume complete) .........50...00 ce dees eee 1-75 SECOND SERIES. Volkan lo (P88) spats acini 2k SN cha Deed Seal Ts $3.50 sy TAS (BSG) a Siah iy saree iad cies RAL abe ac ounce NN} Ros nicki sotpoclay iampte 3.50 © “WII (w890=1892), parts T and 200i... sate b sehen es dent Bis SALE 3-50 “IV (1893-1894), parts 1 and 2 3-50 a Wa(T8695) {pants at andion Same Acuna s ta Cohetctaal SPiral ba ett 5.00 sal es ML (SOG) te trace rai tin amie Lacralea een coh tei amr tatkel oma crept Meier any 4.50 THIRD SERIES. | Zoology, Vol. I, No. 1—Plasmocytes; the Survival of the Centrosomes and Archoplasm of the Nucleated Erythrocytes, as Free and Independent Elements: in’ the Blood of Batrachoseps atten- uatus Esch., By Gustav Hisen, Ph. D....¢ 22.00/20. 0.005. $1.00 Zoology, Vol. I, No. 2—Diemyctylus torosus; The Life-History and Habits of the Pacific Coast Newt. By William E. Ritter... .. 50 Zoology, Vol. I, No. 3—Scientific Names of Latin and Greek Derivation. By Walter, Miller.) .0 4.) 2. so eee ele. 435 Zoology, Vol. I, No. 4—A Genus of Maritime Dolichopodidze New to America. By William Morton Wheeler.... <...2......--.: +10 Zoology, Vol. I; No. 5—A Preliminary Account of the Marine Annelids of the Pacific Coast, with Descriptions of New Species. By HMerberpib. Jonnsong el gi) hie ee eo were Ue aia ia iets 50 Zoology, Vol. 1, No. 6-—Description of a Species of Fish (Mitsukurina owstoni) from Japan, the Type of a Distinct Family of Lam- noid Sharks. “By David Starr Jordan....2. -0.. ce 0. eee eee ary Zoology, Vol. I, No. 7—Arachnida from Baja California and Other Parts of Mexico. By Nathan Banks..........2..22.0..2..2.: 1.00 Zoology, Vol. I, No. 8—The Anatomy of Chelyosoma Productum Stimpson. By Frank Watts Bancroft... . Bai ah aipecbay ture +50 Zoology, Vol. I;- No. 9—The Gordiacea of Certain American Col- lections, with particular reference to the North American Fauna.—II. By Thomas H. Montgomery Jr., Ph. D..:.... 125 Zoology, Vol. I, No. ro—Obseryations on Monogenesis in Metridium. ; By Larry, Bealk More ysdvc 2 aaijucus Marini Nayalas Wicks UU nce aee 125 Geology, Vol. I, No. 1—~The Geology of Santa Catalina Island. By William Sidney Tangier Smith... 26.2... eee eee eee -50 Geology, Vol. I, No. 2—The Submerged Valleys of the Coast of Cali- fornia, U. S. A., and of Lower California, Mexico, By Georze Davidson in ee ing ois el joe at ae Univ arcana cgacrs -50 Geology, Vol. I, No. 3=The Development of Glyphioceras and the Phylogeny of the Glyphioceratide. By James Perrin Smith. .35 Geology, Vol. 1, No.4—The Development of Lytoceras. and Phyl- loceras By daniesy Perrine Staithis ej se) cece deo oi ekchere = 5 25 Botany, Vol. I, No. 1—A Morphological Study of Naias and Zanni- chellia. By Douglas Houghton Campbell...............0.. 1.00 Botany, Vol. I, No. 2—Studies in the Herbarium and the Field.—No. 1. By AlicesBastwoOods ste nya sue yl g oe aay alee eaten eee 25 Botany, Vol. 1. No. 3—Studies in the Herbarium and the Field.—No. 2. BypA lice HastwOod eos ee ai ke coals Manet: Wie eer ela aeere § 50 Botany, Vol, I. No. 4—Phycological Memoirs. By De Alton Saunders. 75 Mathematical-Physical, Vol. 1. No. :—On Rational Quadratic Trans- formations. . By M..W.. Haskell. oo... oe eet es ey Mathematical-Physical, Vol. I. No. 2—The Quadratic Cremona Transformation. By Leonard E. Dickson......:.......-. “35 Mathematical-Physical, Vol. I, No. 3—On Curvilinear Asymptotes. ! By NAW Haskell dese tc atc er ea id een Ne ee J Mathematical-Physical, Vol. I, No. 4—Systems of Simple Groups de- rived from the Orthogonal Group. By Leonard E. Dickson.. .25 All subscriptions, applications for exchanges, and inquiries concerning the publications should be addressed to J. O’B. GUNN, Corresponding Secretary, California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, California, +) a - (ar —Observations on Monogenesis in Metridium. By Harry Reali Marreyass. 5 sateen al nai ietee hea e gies 25 Zoology, Vol. I, No. 1r—The Osteological Characters of the Genus Sebastolobus. By Edwin Chapin Starks.......9....00.040. 25 Zoology, Vol. I, No. 12—Odonata from Tepic, Mexico, with Supple- mentary Notes on those of Baja California. By Philip P. TP MOGEVSME Lean os heck CANAD hes Sd Ate cle ONDE Ginga nee URN DcyalweReieeo UL te 125 Geology, Vol. I, No. 1—The Geology of Santa Catalina Island. By William BIH yao Smut ets wince hee au alive lam alatana vn +50 Geology, Vol. I, No..2—The Submerged Valleys of the Coast of Call: fornia, U.S, A., and of ‘Lower California, Mexico, By George AVIGSIOe Pa et tee ES a Es 50 Geology, Vol. I, No, 3—The Development of Glyphioceras and the Phylogeny of the Glyphioceratidz. By James Perrin Smith. .35 Geology, Vol. I, No. 4—The Development of Lytoceras and Phyl- loceras. By Tanies Berrinn Smiths sein ge cree nies hous ae 225 Geology, Vol. I, No: 5—The Tertiary Sea-Urchins of Middle Califor- nia. By FOhMEGMMerria teen aon ace Honk Meera eda Geology, Vol. I, No. 6—The Fauna of the Sooke Beds of Vancouver 25 Tsland. By) ohn: Go Merniameyd an ioe dtc Gee obi he ieee Botany, Vol. I, No. 1—A. Morphological Study of Naias and. Zanni- chellia. By Donglas Houghton Campbell... ......-......4. 1.00 Botany, ee I, No. 2—Studies in the Herbarium and the Field:—No. 1. By ice Wastwoud eae eh ai ee ie Sew ae 25 Botany, Vol. I, No. 3—Studies in the Herbarium and the Field. No. 2. By Alice BAS EWG OG ie ears her vaecn eed cee sates Beg ee eae 50 Botany, Vol. I, No. 4—Phycological Memoirs. By De Alton Saunders. 75 Botany, Vol. 1, No. 5—Some Observations on the Development of the Karyokinetic Spindle in the Pollen-Mother-Cells of Cobza scandens Cav. By Anstruther A. Lawson. Jo... 2.6... oe 35 Botany, Vol. I, No. 6—The Origin of the Karyokinetic Spindle in Pas- siflora ccerula Linn. By. Clara L-Willianiss (2c ee es 35 Mathematical-Physical, Vol. I, No. 1—On Rational Quadratic Trans- formations. By M. Wa Haskell ymin A ON ade iar Mathematical-Physical, Vol. I, No. 2—The Quadratic Cremona fe Transformation. By Leonard E. Dickson.........20. 020 “35 Matireeneal: PES ie Vol. I, No. 3—On Curvilinear Asymptotes. | ATW optastcel Mss as “Medien ok na peu iea e J uthematval -Physical, Vol. I, No. 4—Systems of Simple Groups de- rived from the Orthogonal Group. By Leonard E. Dickson... .25 All subscriptions, applications for exchanges, and inquiries concerning. the publications should be addressed to J. O’B. GUNN, Corresponding Secretary, Cal ifornia Sortie of Sciences, San Francisco, California. .. Eiivim 3 9088 01302 6653 sfacate